SONY KP48S65R, 32HS510, 34DRC510, 34HS510, 36HS510 Service Manual

...

Download

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

RMT-V259/V259B/V259K/V259L/V259R/V259S/V288/V288A/V288B/V288C

SERVICE MANUAL

Photo: SLV-SE810

SR MECHANISM

• Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL of VHS MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS VI for MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS. (9-921-647-11)

French Model

SLV-SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/

SX710B/X9B

German Model

SLV-SE710D/SE810D/SX710D/

SX717D/SX810D/X9D

Italian Model

SLV-SE610A

East European Model

Russian Model

SLV-SE610K/SE610N/SE710K/SE710N/

SE810K/SE810N/SX710K/SX710N/X9N

North European Model

SLV-SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/

SX710E/SX717E/X9E

UK Model

SLV-SE610G/SE710G/

SE710I/SE810G/X9G

* The abbreviations of SE610, SE710, SE810, SX710, SX717, SX810 and

X9 contained in this service manual are indicated when these models are common to all their corresponding models as given below.

Abbreviated model name

All model SE610B SE710D SE810D SX710D SX717E X9D

names SE610E SE710E SE810E SX710E X9E

SLV- SE610K SE710I SE810K SX710N X9N

SE610 SE710 SE810 SX710 SX717 SX810 X9

SE610A SE710B SE810B SX710B SX717D SX810D X9B

SE610G SE710G SE810G SX710K X9G SE610N SE710K SE810N

SE710N

VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER

SPECIFICATIONS

System

Channel coverage SLV-SE610N/K, SE710N/K, SE810N/K, SX710N/K, X9N

PAL (B/G, D/K) VHF E2–E12, R1–R12 UHF E21–E69, R21–R69 CATV S1–S41, S01–S05

SLV-SE610B, SE710B, SE810B, SX710B, X9B

SECAM (L):

VHF F2 to F10 UHF F21 to F69 CATV B to Q HYPER S21 to S41

PAL (B/G):

VHF E2 to E12 VHF Italian channel A to H UHF E21 to E69 CATV S01 to S05, S1 to S20 HYPER S21 to S41

RF output signal SLV-SE610A/E, SE710D/E, SE810D/E, X9D/E, SX710D/E, SX717D/E, SX810D/E

PAL (B/ G) VHF E2 to E12 VHF Italian channel A to H UHF E21 to E69 CATV S01 to S05,S1toS20 HYPER S21 to S41

SLVSE610G, SE710G/I, SE810G, X9G

PAL (I) VHF IA to IJ, SA10 to SA13 (SLV-SE710I) UHF B21 to B69 CATV S01 to S05, S1 to S20 (SLV-SE710I) HYPER S21 to S41 (SLV-SE710I)

RF output signal

UHF channels 21–69

Aerial out

75-ohm asymmetrical aerial socket Tape speed SLV-SE610N/K, SE710N/K, SE810N/K, SX710N/K, X9N

SP: PAL/MESECAM

23.39 mm/s (recording/playback) NTSC

33.35 mm/s (playback only)

LP: PAL/MESECAM

11.70 mm/s (recording/playback) NTSC

16.67 mm/s (playback only)

EP: NTSC

11.12 mm/s (playback only)

SLV-SE610B, SE710B, SE810B, SX710B, X9B

SP: PAL 23.39 mm/s (recording/playback)

NTSC 33.35 mm/s (playbackonly) SECAM 23.39 mm/s (recording/playback) MESECAM 23.39 mm/s (playback only)

LP: PAL 11.70 mm/s (recording/playback)

NTSC 16.67 mm/s (playback only) SECAM 11.70 mm/s (recording/playback) MESECAM 1.70 mm/s (playback only)

EP: NTSC 11.12 mm/s (playback only) SLV-SE610A/E/G, SE710D/E/G/I, SE810D/E/G, X9D/E/G, SX710D/E, SX717D/G, SX810D,

SP:PAL23.39 mm/s (recording/playback)

NTSC33.35 mm/s (playback only)

LP:PAL11.70 mm/s (recording/playback)

NTSC16.67 mm/s (playback only)

EP:NTSC11.12 mm/s (playback only) Maximum recording/playback time

10 hrs. in LP mode (with E300 tape) Fast-forward and rewind time

Approx. 1 min. (with E180 tape)

SAFETY CHECK-OUT

After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer:

1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges.

2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are “pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors.

3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!

COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.

4. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.

5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.

– 2 –

Inputs and outputs

i LINE-1 (TV)

21-pin Video input: pin 20 Audio input: pins 2 and 6 Video output: pin 19 Audio output: pins 1 and 3

SLV-SE610E, SE710D/E/N/K, SX710D/E/N/K, SX717D/E

DECODER/t LINE-2 IN

21-pin Video input: pin 20 Audio input: pins 2 and 6

SLV-SE810D/E/N/K, SX810D, X9E/N

DECODER/t LINE-3 IN

21-pin Video input: pin 20 Audio input: pins 2 and 6

SLV-SE810D/E/N/K, SX810D, X9E/N

t LINE-2 L o R

VIDEO IN, phono jack (1) Input signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, unbalanced, sync negative AUDIO IN, phono jack (2) Input level: 327 mVrms Input impedance: more than 47 kilohms

SLV-SE610B, SE710B, SX710B

DECODEUR/t ENTREE LIGNE-2

21-pin Video input: pin 20 Audio input: pins 2 and 6

SLV-SE810B, X9B

DECODEUR/t ENTREE LIGNE-3

21-pin Video input: pin 20 Audio input: pins 2 and 6

SLV-SE810B, X9B

t LIGNE-2 G o D

ENTREE VIDEO, phono jack (1) Input signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, unbalanced, sync negative ENTREE AUDIO, phono jack (2) Input level: 327 mVrms Input impedance: more than 47 kilohms

SLV-SE710G, SE710I

t LINE-2 IN

21-pin Video input: pin 20 Audio input: pins 2 and 6

SLV-SE810G,X9G

t LINE-3 IN

21-pin Video input: pin 20 Audio input: pins 2 and 6

SLV-SE810G, X9G

t LINE-2 IN L o R

VIDEO IN, phono jack (1) Input signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, unbalanced, sync negative AUDIO IN, phono jack (2) Input level: 327 mVrms Input impedance: more than 47 kilohms

o R/D L/G

Phono jack (2) Rated output level: 327 mVrms Load impedance: 47 kilohms Output impedance: less than 10 kilohms

General

Power requirements

220 – 240 V AC, 50 Hz

Power consumption

20 W SLV-610A/E, SE710D/E/N/K, SE810D/E/N/K, X9D/E/N, SX710D/E/N/K, SX717D/E, SX810D

1.2 W (POWER SAVE is set to FULL/ON, minimum)

SLV-SE610G, SE710G/I, SE810G

1.2 W (POWER SAVE is set to ON, minimum)

SLV-SE610B, SE710B, SE810B, SX710B, X9B

1.2 W (VEILLE ECO is set to TOTAL, minimum)

Operating temperature

5°C to 40°C Storage temperature

–20°C to 60°C Dimensions including projecting parts and controls SLV-610A/E/B/N/K/G, SE710B/D/E/N/K/G/I, SX710B/D/E/N/K, SX710D/E

Approx. 430 × 98 × 283 mm (w/h/d) SLV-SE810B/D/E/N/K/G, SX810D

Approx. 430 × 98 × 289 mm (w/h/d) SLV-X9

Approx. 430 × 110 × 285 mm (w/h/d) Mass EXCEPT SLV-X9

Approx. 4.1 kg SLV-X9 Approx. 4.3 kg

Supplied accessories

Remote commander (1) R6 (size AA) batteries (2) Aerial cable (1)

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

– 3 –

• Feature Difference

FEATURE

SECAM (REC/PB) ×/× a/a ×/××/××/××/× a/a ×/× ME-SECAM (REC/PB) ×/××/a ×/××/× a/aa/a ×/a ×/×

EURO INPUT 21pin 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin 21pin 21pin 21pin × 2 21pin × 2

RCA FRONT LINE INPUT ЧЧ ЧЧЧЧЧЧ ADDITIONAL REAR OUTPUT ЧЧЧЧЧЧ2pin 2pin

(AUDIO OUT) (R.W) (R.W)

MODULATOR SYSTEM G L/G G I G/K G/K L/G G

STB CONTROL ЧЧ ЧЧЧЧЧЧ

REMOTE COMMANDER RMT- V288B V288C V288B V288B V288B V288B V288C V228B

FEATURE

SECAM (REC/PB) ×/××/××/××/××/× a/a ×/××/× ME-SECAM (REC/PB) ×/××/××/× a/aa/a ×/a ×/××/×

EURO INPUT 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2

RCA FRONT LINE INPUT ЧЧЧЧЧ3pin 3pin 3pin

ADDITIONAL REAR OUTPUT 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin

(AUDIO OUT) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W)

MODULATOR SYSTEM G I I G/K G/K L/G G G

STB CONTROL ЧЧ ЧЧЧЧЧЧ

REMOTE COMMANDER RMT- V288B V288B V288B V288B V288B V259L V259K V259K

SLV- SE610A SE610B SE610E SE610G SE610K SE610N SE710B SE710D

SLV- SE710E SE710G SE710I SE710K SE710N SE810B SE810D SE810E

(R.W.Y) (R.W.Y) (R.W.Y)

FEATURE

SECAM (REC/PB) ×/××/××/× a/a ×/××/××/××/× ME-SECAM (REC/PB) ×/× a/aa/a ×/a ×/××/× a/aa/a

EURO INPUT 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2

RCA FRONT LINE INPUT 3pin 3pin 3pin ЧЧЧЧЧ

ADDITIONAL REAR OUTPUT 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin

(AUDIO OUT) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W)

MODULATOR SYSTEM I G/K G/K L/G G G G/K G/K

STB CONTROL ЧЧ ЧЧЧЧЧЧ

REMOTE COMMANDER RMT- V259K V259K V259K V288A V288 V288 V288 V288

FEATURE

SECAM (REC/PB) ×/××/××/× a/a ×/××/××/××/× ME-SECAM (REC/PB) ×/××/××/××/a ×/××/××/× a/a

EURO INPUT 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2 21pin × 2

RCA FRONT LINE INPUT ××3pin 3pin 3pin 3pin 3pin 3pin

ADDITIONAL REAR OUTPUT 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 2pin

(AUDIO OUT) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W) (R.W)

MODULATOR SYSTEM G G G L/G G G I G/K

STB CONTROL ×××a aaa×

REMOTE COMMANDER RMT- V259 V259 V259 V259S V259R V259R V259R V259B

SLV- SE810G SE810K SE810N SX710B SX710D SX710E SX710K SX710N

(R.W.Y) (R.W.Y) (R.W.Y)

SLV- SX717D SX717E SX810D X9B X9D X9E X9G X9N

(R.W.Y) (R.W.Y) (R.W.Y) (R.W.Y) (R.W.Y) (R.W.Y)

– 4 –

Section Title Page Section Title Page

Feature Difference................................................................... 4

SERVICE NOTE ...................................................................... 6

1. GENERAL

Getting Started .............................................................. 1-1

Basic Operations ........................................................... 1-11

Additional Operations.................................................... 1-15

Editing............................................................................ 1-21

2. DISASSEMBLY

2-1. Upper Case Removal .................................................... 2-1

2-2. Rear Panel Removal ..................................................... 2-1

2-3. Power Block (SRV938EK) Removal.............................. 2-1

2-4. Front Panel Section Removal........................................ 2-1

2-5. Mechanism Deck Removal............................................ 2-2

2-6. MA-400 Board Removal................................................ 2-2

2-7. Internal Views ................................................................ 2-3

2-8. Circuit Boards Location................................................. 2-4

3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-1. Overall Block Diagram................................................... 3-1

3-2. Video Block Diagram..................................................... 3-3

3-3. Servo/System Control Block Diagram .......................... 3-5

3-4. Audio Block Diagram..................................................... 3-7

3-5. Tuner Block Diagram ..................................................... 3-9

3-6. Mode Control Block Diagram ........................................ 3-11

3-7. Power Block Diagram.................................................... 3-13

4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

4-1. Frame Schematic Diagram............................................ 4-3

4-2. Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams ......... 4-5

MA-400 Printed Wiring Board ....................................... 4-5

MA-400 (Video, Audio) Schematic Diagram................. 4-9

MA-400 (SECAM) Schematic Diagram......................... 4-11

MA-400 (Servo/System Control)

Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-13

MA-400 (Hi-Fi Audio) Schematic Diagram .................... 4-17

MA-400 (I/O) Schematic Diagram................................. 4-19

MA-400 (Tuner) Schematic Diagram ............................ 4-21

MA-400 (Mode Control) Schematic Diagram................ 4-23

MA-400 (Power Supply) Schematic Diagram ............... 4-25

DS-95 Schematic Diagram............................................ 4-27

JK-201 Schematic Diagram .......................................... 4-27

DS-95 Printed Wiring Board.......................................... 4-29

JK-201 Printed Wiring Board ........................................ 4-29

SRV938EK Printed Wiring Board.................................. 4-31

SRV938EK Schematic Diagram.................................... 4-33

5. INTERFACE, IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

5-1. System Control-Video Block Interface

(MA-400 BOARD IC162)............................................... 5-1

5-2. System Control-Servo Peripheral Circuit Interface

(MA-400 BOARD IC162)............................................... 5-1

5-3. System Control-Mechanism Block Interface

(MA-400 BOARD IC162)............................................... 5-2

5-4. System Control-System Control Peripheral Circuit

Interface (MA-400 BOARD IC162)................................ 5-3

5-5. System Control-Audio Block Interface

(MA-400 BOARD IC162)............................................... 5-3

5-6. Servo/System Control Microprocessor Pin Function

(MA-400 BOARD IC162)............................................... 5-4

5-7. Mode Control Pin Function

(MA-400 BOARD IC420)............................................... 5-5

6. ERROR CODES ....................................................... 6-1

7. ADJUSTMENTS

7-1. Mechanical Adjustments ............................................... 7-1

7-2. Electrical Adjustments................................................... 7-1

2-1. Pre-Adjustment Preparations........................................ 7-1

2-1-1. Instruments to be Used............................................ 7-1

2-1-2. Connection ............................................................... 7-1

2-1-3. Set-up of Adjustment ............................................... 7-1

2-1-4. Alignment Tapes ....................................................... 7-1

2-1-5. Specified I/O Level and Impedance......................... 7-1

2-1-6. Adjusting Sequence ................................................. 7-2

2-2. Power Supply Adjustments ........................................... 7-2

2-2-1. Power Supply Check ................................................ 7-2

2-2-2. +6 V Adjustment ....................................................... 7-2

2-3. Servo System Adjustment............................................. 7-2

2-3-1. RF Switching Position Adjustment........................... 7-2

2-4. Audio System Adjustments ........................................... 7-3

2-4-1. Hi-Fi Audio System Adjustment ............................... 7-3

1. AF Switching Position Adjustment ........................... 7-3

2. Frequency Response Check.................................... 7-3

3. Overall Level Characteristic and

Distortion Factor Check ........................................... 7-4

4. Overall S/N Check .................................................... 7-4

2-4-2. Normal Audio System Adjustment........................... 7-4

1. ACE Head Adjustment ............................................. 7-4

2. E-E Output Level Check........................................... 7-4

3. Frequency Response Check.................................... 7-4

4. Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion

Factor Check ............................................................ 7-5

5. Overall S/N Check .................................................... 7-5

2-5. Parts Arrangement Diagram for Adjustments............... 7-6

8. REPAIR PARTS LIST

8-1. Exploded Views ............................................................. 8-1

8-1-1. Front Panel and Cabinet Assemblies....................... 8-1

8-1-2. Chassis Assembly.................................................... 8-3

8-1-3. Mechanism Chassis Assembly (1) ........................... 8-4

8-1-4. Mechanism Chassis Assembly (2) ........................... 8-5

8-1-5. Mechanism Chassis Assembly (3) ........................... 8-6

8-2. Electrical Parts List ....................................................... 8-7

– 5 –

SERVICE NOTE

1. DISASSEMBLY

• This set can be disassembled in the order shown below.

Note: Pages in indicated pages in the SERVICE MANUAL.

Pages in indicated pages in the VHS MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI.

Set

Upper Case (Page 2-1)

Front Panel

Section

(Page 2-1)

FL Complete

Ass’y

(Page 13)

Retainer

Plate

(Page 22)

FL Slider

Block Ass’y

(Page 22)

Cam Gear

(Page 23)

Pinch Press

Block Ass’y

(Page 14)

Mechanism

Deck

(Page 2-2)

Rubber

Belt

(Page 15)

Capstan

Motor

(Page 15)

Cam Motor

Retainer

(Page 31)

Ground Shaft

Ass’y

(Page 13)

Drum Ass’y

(Page 13)

Rubber

Belt

(Page 15)

Pully Gear

Ass’y

(Page 29)

Reel Direct

Ass’y

(Page 30)

Rear

Panel

(Page 2-1)

MA-400

Board

(Page 2-2)

Rotary Switch

Power Block

(SRV938EK)

(Page 2-1)

Tuner

Unit

Rubber

Belt

(Page 15)

Slider

(Page 26)

Gear (T, S)

(Page 28)

Cam Motor

(Page 31)

– 6 –

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

SECTION 1

GENERAL

This section is extracted from instruction manual. (3-065-678-11)

Getting Started

Index to parts and controls

Refer to the pages indicated in parentheses ( ) for details.

Front panel

SLV-SE810N/K

(on/standby) switch (19)

A ?/1

Tape compartment

Remote sensor (11 )

(eject) button (44)

D A

Shuttle ring (63)

(play) button (44) (63)

F H

JOG button (64)

REC (record) button (46) (65)

H z

(89)

(pause) button (44) (89)

I X

(stop) button (44) (89)

J x

(fast-forward) button (44) (63)

K M

(rewind) button (44) (63)

L m

DIAL TIMER (50)

PROGRAM +/– buttons (22) (64)

(81)

AUDIO DUB button (90)

AUTO SET UP/

RF (Radio Frequency) CHANNEL button (19) (22)

SYNCHRO REC (Synchronized

Recording) button (67)

LINE-2 L (left) o R (right)

R t

jacks (covered) (87) (88)

How to open the jack cover

1 Press the bottom of the cover. 2 Hook your finger on the top edge of the

cover and pull it open.

SLV-SE610N/K, SE710N/K, SX710N/K

(on/standby) switch (19)

A ?/1

Tape compartment

Remote sensor (11 )

(eject) button (44)

D A

(play) button (44) (63)

E H

REC (record) button (46) (65)

F z

(89)

(pause) button (44) (89)

G X

(stop) button (44) (8 9)

H x

* not available on SLV-SE610N/K

(fast-forward) button (44) (63)

I M

(rewind) button (44) (63)

J m

PROGRAM +/– buttons (22) (64)

(81)

AUTO SET UP/

RF (Radio Frequency) CHANNEL button (19) (22)

SYNCHRO REC (Synchronized

Recording) button* (67)

Getting Started

Index to parts and controls

Display window

STEREO NICAM SYNCHRO

Timer indicator (52) (57) (60)

SYNCHRO indicator*

STEREO indicator (70)

NICAM indicator*

(smartlink) indicator*

VIDEO indicator (16) (47)

VPS (Video Programme System)/

PDC (Programme Delivery Control)

indicator*

Tape speed indicators (46)

*1not available on SLV-SE610N/K

SLV-SE61 0N, SE710N, SX710N, and SE81 0N only

SLV-SE81 0N/K only

(57)

(70)

(67)

(17)

SPLP OPCVIDEO VPS

PDC EP TV

OPC (Optimum Picture Control)

indicator (82)

TV indicator*

Audio dubbing indicator*

Tracking indicator (81)

Time counter/clock/line/programme

position indicator (44) (46) (89)

Remaining time indicator (47)

RR (Reality Regenerator) indicator

(81)

Tape/recording indicator (46)

(48)

(90)

Rear panel

Mains lead (15) (16)

DECODER/t LINE-2 IN

DECODEUR/t ENTREE LIGNE2 connector*

DECODER/t LINE-3 IN DECODEUR/t ENTREE LIGNE3 connector*

AERIAL IN

ANTENNE ENTREE connector (15) (16)

*1SLV-SE7 10N/K and SX710N/K only

SLV-SE 810N/K only

not available on SLV-SE610N/K

(18) (39) (66) (88)

Index to parts and controls

AERIAL OUT

ANTENNE SORTIE connector (15) (16)

LINE-1 (TV)

E i

LIGNE-1 (TV) connector (16)

(39)

(audio out) R /D (right) L/G (left)

(18)

jacks*

continued

Getting Started

Index to parts and controls

1-1

Index to parts and controls

continued

Remote commander

123 456 789

EJECT button (44)

A Z

WIDE button (

AUDIO MONITOR button (70)

×2 button* (63)

SLOW button* (63)

E y

SP (Standard Play)/LP (Long Play)

button (46)

DISPLAY button (47)

(ten’s digit) button (12) (47)

H -

(volume) +/– buttons (

I 2

(13)

REC (record) button (46) (65)

J z

MENU button (25) (68)

PAU SE /M button (25) (44)

L X

STOP/m button (25) (44)

REW (rewind)/< button (44)

(63)

FF (fast-forward)/, button

(44) (63)

PLAY/OK button (25) (44)

* FASTEXT buttons (

SE810N/K only)

for TV

) (13)

) (SLV-

for TV

M [TV]

(11)

N ?/1

COUNTER/REMAIN button (47)

P a

button*

Q ./>

buttons*

CLEAR button (44) (56) (68)

)

123 456 789

S t

Programme number buttons (12) (47)

INPUT SELECT button (47) (60)

(89)

PROG (programme) +/– buttons (12)

(31) (46)

c/C

(

for TV

SMART SEARCH button (73)

*1FASTEXT buttons (

SE810N/K only)

SLV-SE81 0N/K only

remote control switch

[VIDEO]

(on/standby) switch (12) (57)

(

(Teletext) button*

TV power on/TV mode select

(

) (12)

for TV

INDEX SEARCH

(80)

for TV

) (13)

TV/VIDEO button (12) (16) (47)

Teletext page access buttons*

) (13)

TIMER button (55) (59)

) (SLV-

for TV

Getting Started

Index to parts and controls

Step 1 : Unpacking

Check that you have received the following items with the VCR:

• Remote commander • Aerial cable

• R6 (size AA) batteries

Check your model name

The instructions in this manual are for the 8 models: SLV-SE610N, SE610K, SE710N, SE710K, SX710N, SX710K, SE810N, and SE810K. Check your model number by looking at the rear panel of your VCR. SLV-SE810N is the model used for illustration purposes. Any difference in operation is clearly indicated in the text, for example, “SLV-SE710N only.”

Index to parts and controls

Step 2 : Setting up the remote commander

Inserting the batteries

Insert two R6 (size AA) batteries by matching the + and – on the batteries to the diagram inside the battery compartment.

Insert the negative (–) end first, then push in and down until the positive (+) end clicks into position.

Using the remote commander

You can use this remote commander to operate this VCR and a Sony TV. Buttons on the remote commander marked with a dot (•) can be used to operate your Sony TV. If the T V does not have the symbol near the remote sensor, this remote commander will not operate the TV.

Remote sensor

123 456 789

[TV] [VIDEO]

Getting Started

Unpacking

1-2

To operate Set

the VCR

a Sony TV

[VIDEO]

[TV]

and point at the remote sensor at the TV

[VIDEO]

and point at the remote sensor at the VCR

Setting up the remote commander

continued

TV control buttons

ENTREE

OUT

SORTIE

AERIAL

ANTENNE

To Press

Set the TV to standby mode

Select an input source: aerial in or line in

Select the TV’s programme position Progra mme number buttons,

Setting up the remote commander

WIDE

AUDIO MONITOR

FASTEXT buttons

DISPLAY

123 456 789

?/1

, PROG +/–

TV/VIDEO

????/1111

tttt

TV/VIDEO

Programme number buttons

PROG +/–/

c/C

+/–

2222

To Press

Adjust the volume of the TV

Switch to TV (Teletext off)*

Switch to Teletext*

+/–

(TV)

(Teletext)

Select the sound AUDIO MONITOR

Use FASTEXT* FASTEXT buttons

Call up the on-screen display

Change the Teletext page*

Switch to/from wide mode of a Sony wide TV (For other manufactures’ wide TVs, see “Controlling other TVs with the remote commander (SLVSE810N/K only)” below.)

Notes

• With normal use, the batteries should last about three to six months.

• If you do not use the remote commander for an extended period of time, remove

the batteries to avoid possible damage from batte ry leakage.

• Do not use a new battery together with an old one.

• Do not use different types of batteries together.

• Some buttons may not work with certain Sony TVs.

DISPLAY

c/C

WIDE

* SLV-SE810N/K only

Controlling other TVs with the remote commander (SLV-SE810N/K only)

The remote commander is preprogrammed to control non-Sony TVs. If your TV is listed in the following table, set the appropriate manufacturer’s code number.

Set

[TV]

Hold down ?/1, and enter your TV’s code number using the programme

number buttons. Then release ?/1.

at the top of the remote commander to

[VIDEO]

[TV]

Now you can use the following TV control buttons to control your TV:

TV/VIDEO, programme number buttons, - (ten’s digit),

?/1, t

PROG +/–, 2 +/–, a (TV), / (Teletext), FASTEXT buttons, WIDE*, MENU*,

M/m/</,

*, and OK*.

* These buttons may not work with all TVs.

Setting up the remote commander

continued

Getting Started

Code numbers of controllable TVs

If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV.

To switch to wide mode, see the footnotes below this table for the applicable code numbers.

Manufacturer Code number

Sony

01*

, 02

Akai 68

Ferguson 52

Grundig

10*

, 11*

Hitachi 24

JVC 33

Loewe 45

Mivar 09, 70

NEC 66

Nokia

*1Press WIDE to switch the wide picture mode on or off.

Press WIDE, then press 2 +/– to select the wide picture mode you want.

Press WIDE. The menu appears on the TV screen. Then, press M/m/</, to

select the wide picture you want and press OK.

Tip

• When you se t your TV’s code number correctly while the TV is turned on, the TV turns off automatically.

Notes

• If you ente r a new code number, the code number previously entered wil l be erased.

• If the TV uses a different remote control system from the one programmed to work with the VCR, you cannot control your TV with the remote comm ander.

• When you r eplace the batteries of the r emote commander, the code number may change. Set the appropriate code number every time you replace the batteries.

15, 16, 69*

Manufacturer Code number

Panason ic

Philips

Saba 12, 13

Samsung 22, 23

Sanyo 25

Sharp 29

Tel ef unk en 3 6

Thomson

Tos hi b a 3 8

17*

06*

43*

, 49

, 07*1, 08*

Step 3 : Connecting the VCR

If your TV has a Scart (EURO-AV) connector, see page 16.

If your TV does not have a Scart (EURO-AV) connector

AERIAL IN

Mains lead

to mains

: Signal flow

Disconnect the aerial cable from your TV and connect it to AERIAL IN on the rear panel of the VCR.

Connect AERIAL OUT of the VCR and the aerial input of your TV using the supplied aerial cable.

Connect the mains lead to the mains.

Note

• When you co nnect the VCR and your TV only wit h an aerial cable, you have to tune your TV to the VCR (see page 19) .

AERIAL OUT

Aerial cable (supplied)

AERIAL IN

AERIAL

ANTENNE IN

ENTREE

OUT

SORTIE

Getting Started

Setting up the remote commander

1-3

continued

Connecting the VCR

to mains

Connecting the VCR

If your TV has a Scart (EURO-AV) connector

AERIAL IN

LINE-1

Mains lead

: Signal flow

(TV)

Disconnect the aerial cable from your TV and connect it to AERIAL IN on the rear pan el of the VCR.

Connect AERIAL OUT of the VCR and the aerial input of your TV using the supplied aerial cable.

Connect LINE-1 (TV) on the VCR and the Scart (EURO-AV) connector on the TV with the optional Scart cable.

This connection improves picture and sound quality. Whenever you want to watch the VCR picture, press tTV/VIDEO to display the VIDEO indicator in the display window.

AERIAL OUT

AERIAL IN

Aerial cable (supplied)

Scart cable (not supplied)

ENTREE

SORTIE

ENTREE

SORTIE

AERIAL

ANTENNE IN

OUT

AERIAL

ANTENNE IN

OUT

Scart (EURO-AV)

Connect the mains lead to the mains.

Note

• If the TV is connected to the LINE-1 (TV) connector, setting the RF channel to OFF is recommended. In the OFF position, only the signal from the aerial is output through the AERIAL OUT connector (se e page 21).

About the SMARTLINK features (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

If the connected TV complies with SMARTLINK, MEGALOGIC* EASYLINK* VIEW LINK* VCR automatically runs the SMARTLINK function after you complete the steps on the previous page (the indicator appears in the VCR’s display window when you turn on the TV). You can enjoy the following SMARTLINK features.

• Preset Download

• TV Direct Rec

• One Touch Play

• One Touch Menu

• One Touch Timer

• Automatic Power Off

*1“MEGALOGIC” is a registered trademark of Grundig Corporation.

Note

• Not all TVs respond to the functions above.

, Q-Link*3, EURO

, or T-V LINK*5, this

You can download your TV tuner preset data to this VCR and tune the VCR according to that data in Auto Set Up. This greatly simplifies the Auto Set Up procedure. Be careful not to disconnect the cables or exit the Auto Set Up function during the procedure. See “Setting up the VCR with the Auto Set Up function” on page 22.

You can easily record what you are watching on the TV. For details, see “Recording what you are watching on the TV (TV Direct Rec) (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)” on page 48.

With One Touch Play, you can start playback automatically without turning on the TV. For details, see “Starting playback automatically with one button (One Touch Play) (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)” on page

45.

You can turn on the VCR and TV, set the TV to the video channel, and display the VCR’s on-screen display automatically by pressing MENU on the remote commander.

You can turn on the VCR and TV, set the TV to the video channel, and display the timer recording menu (the TIMER METHOD menu, the TIMER menu, or the SHOWVIEW menu) automatically by pressing TIMER on the remote commander. You can set which timer recording menu is displayed using TIMER OPTIONS in the OPTIONS-2 menu (see page 85).

You can have the VCR turn off automatically, if the VCR is not used after you turn off the TV.

“EASYLINK” is a trademark of Philips Corporation. “Q-Link” is a trademark of Panasonic Corporation. “EURO VIEW LINK” is a trademark of Toshiba Corporation. “T-V LI NK ” is a trademark of JVC Corporation.

continued

Connecting the VCR

Getting Started

Additional connections

To a stereo system (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

You can improve sound quality by connecting a stereo system to the R/D L/G jacks as shown on the right.

To a satellite or digital tuner with Line Through (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

Using the Line Through function, you can watch programmes from a satellite or digital tuner connected to this VCR on the TV even when the VCR is turned off. When you turn on the satellite or digital tuner, this VCR automatically sends the signal from the satellite or digital tuner to the TV without turning itself on.

Connect the satellite or digital tuner to the DECODER/LINE-3 IN*1 (or

DECODER/LINE-2 IN* Set DECODER/LINE3*1 (or DECODER/LINE2*2) to LINE3*1 (or

LINE2*

) in the OPTIONS-2 menu.

Set POWER SAVE to OFF or PARTIAL*

Turn off th e VC R.

To watch a programme, turn on the satellite or digital tuner and the TV.

Note

• You cannot watch programmes on the TV while recording unless you are recording a satellite or digital programme.

SLV-SE 810N/K only

SLV-SE7 10N/K and SX710N/K only

not available on SLV-SE610N/K

DECODER/

or DECODER/

) connector as shown above.

R/D L/G

Audio cable (not supplied)

: Signal flow

LINE-3 IN*

LINE-2 IN*

Scart cable (not supplied)

: Signal flow

in the OPTIONS-2 menu.

LINE IN

LINE OUT

Step 4 : Tuning your TV to the VCR

If your TV has a Scart (EURO-AV) connector, see page 21.

If your TV does not have a Scart (EURO-AV) connector

Follow the steps below so that your TV will properly receive the video signals from your VCR.

RF CHANNEL

????/1111

PROGRAM +/–

Press ?/1 (on/standby) to turn on the VCR.

AUTO

Press RF CHANNEL on the VCR lightly.

SET UP

The factory-preset RF channel appears in the display window.

The VCR signal is output through this channel to the TV.

RF CHANNEL

Turn on your TV and select a programme position for the VCR picture.

This programme position will now be referred to as the video channel.

AUTO

Press RF CHANNEL.

SET UP

The TV system appears in the display window.

RF CHANNEL

Getting Started

Connecting the VCR

1-4

Tuning your TV to the VCR

continued

PROGRAM

Press PROGRAM +/– (repeatedly) to select the appropriate TV system for your area. Select “G” for the B/G TV system, or “K” for the D/K TV system.

Tune the TV to the same channel shown in the VCR display window so that the picture on the right appears clearly on the TV screen.

Refer to your TV manual for TV tuning instructions.

If you select the wrong TV system in step 5, the picture on the right may not appear. Select the appropriate TV system and tune the TV again.

If the picture does not appear clearly, see “To obtain a clear picture from the VCR” below.

AUTO

Press RF CHANNEL.

SET UP

You have now tuned your TV to the VCR. Whenever you want to play a tape, set the TV to the video channel.

RF CHANNEL

SONY VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER

To check to see if the TV tuning is correct

Set the TV to the video channel and press PROGRAM +/– on the VCR. If the TV screen changes to a different programme each time you press PROGRAM +/–, the TV tuning is correct.

To obtain a clear picture from the VCR

If the screen does not appear clearly in step 6 above, go to step 7 to finish this procedure once. Then start again from step 2. After pressing RF CHANNEL in step 2, press PROGRAM +/– while the RF channel is displayed, so that another RF channel appears. Then tune the TV to the new RF channel so that a clear picture appears.

Note

• If you set t he wrong TV system, you may have no sound or sound may be distorted.

If your TV has a Scart (EURO-AV) connector

RF CHANNEL

????/1111

PROGRAM +/–

Press ?/1 (on/standby) to turn on the VCR.

Press RF CHANNEL on the VCR lightly.

AUTO

SET UP

The factory-preset RF channel appears in the display window.

The VCR signal is output through this channel to the TV.

RF CHANNEL

PROGRAM

Press PROGRAM +/– to set the RF channel to OFF, and press RF CHANNEL again.

AUTO

SET UP

RF channel set up is complete.

RF CHANNEL

Getting Started

Tuning your TV to the VCR

Step 5 : Setting up the VCR with the Auto

Set Up function

Before using the VCR for the first time, set up the VCR using the Auto Set Up function. With this function, you can set the language for the on-screen display, TV channels, guide channels for the ShowView system*, and VCR clock* automatically.

????/1111

AUTO SET UP

PROGRAM +/–

AUTO

Hold down AUTO SET UP on the VCR for more than three

SET UP

seconds.

The VCR automatically turns on, and the country abbreviation

RF CHANNEL

appears in the display window.

PROGRAM

Press PROGRAM +/– to select the abbreviation of your country from the table on page 23.

For some countries, there is a selection of languages to choose from.

If your country does not appear, select ELSE.

Tuning your TV to the VCR

AUTO

Press AUTO SET UP lightly.

SET UP

The VCR starts searching for all of the receivable channels and presets them according to the TV system you selected in “Tuning

RF CHANNEL

your TV to the VCR” on page 19.

If you want to change the order of the channels or disable unwanted programme positions, see “Changing/disabling programme positions” on page 34.

If you use the SMARTLINK connection (not available on SLVSE610N/K), the Preset Download function starts and the indicator flashes in the display window during download.

For SLV-SE710N/K, SX710N/K, and SE810N/K: After the search or download is complete, the current time appears in the display window for any stations that transmit a time signal.

For SLV-SE610N/K: When no more receivable channels can be found, presetting stops and “SET UP” disappears from the display window.

The abbreviations of the countries and languages are as follows:

Abbreviation Country Language

CZ Czecho Czech

HUN Hungary Hungarian

PL Poland Polish

SK Slovaki a Slova k

TR Tu rkey Turki sh

RUS Russia Russian

ELSE Other countries English

To cancel the Auto Set Up function

Press AUTO SET UP.

Tip

• If you want t o change the language for the on-screen display from the one preset in the Auto Set Up function, see page 29.

Getting Started

Setting up the VCR with the Auto Set Up function

1-5

Setting up the VCR with the Auto Set Up function

continued

Notes

SET :

SELECT :

MENUEXIT :

SETTINGS

RETURN

TUNER CLOCK LANGUAGE

SET :

SELECT :

MENUEXIT :

CLOCK

1 AAB

AUTO ADJUST CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

.8 FRI 8 : 0 0

12 . 20019

CONFIRM :

SELECT :

MENUEXIT :

CLOCK

OFF

AUTO ADJUST CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

FRI 8 : 0 0

8.ON21.20019

SET :

SELECT :

MENUEXIT :

CLOCK

1 AAB

AUTO ADJUST CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

.8 FRI 8 : 0 0

12 . 20019

• If you stop the Auto Set Up function during step 3, you must repeat set up from step 1.

• Whenever you operate the Auto Set Up function, some of the settings (ShowView*, timer, etc.) will be reset. If this happens, you have to set them again.

* not available on SLV-SE610N/K

Step 6 : Setting the clock

You must set the time and date on the VCR to use the timer features properly.

The Auto Clock Set function (not available on SLV-SE610N/K) works only if a station in your area is broadcasting a time signal. If the Auto Set Up function did not set the clock correctly for your local area, try another station for the Auto Clock Set function.

Setting the clock manually

Before you start

• Turn on the VCR and the TV.

• Set the TV to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

…

Press MENU, then press M/m to

highlight SETTIN GS and press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight CLOCK, then press OK.

PLAY

For SLV-SE610N /K, only the clock setting menu appears. Skip the next step and go to step 4.

Press M/m to highlight MANUAL ADJUST, then press OK.

PLAY

SETTINGS

TUNER CLOCK LANGUAGE

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

CLOCK

CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

.1 1.2001 MON 0 :00

SELECT : SET :

CLOCK

CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

1. 1 . 2001 MON 0 :00

SELECT : SET : CONFIRM :

MENUEXIT :

OFFAUTO ADJUST

MENUEXIT :

OFFAUTO ADJUST

MENUEXIT :

Getting Started

Setting up the VCR with the Auto Set Up function

Press M/m to set the day.

PLAY

Press , to highlight the month and set the month pressing M/m.

PLAY

Set the year, hour, and minutes in sequence, pressing , to highlight

PLAY

the item to be set, and press M/m to

select the digits.

The day of the week is set automatically.

Press OK to start the clock.

PLAY

Press MENU to exit the menu.

CLOCK

CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

8. 1 . 2001 SUN 0: 00

SELECT : SET : CONFIRM :

CLOCK

CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

8. 9 . 2001 FRI 0 : 00

SELECT : SET : CONFIRM :

CLOCK

CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

8. FRI 8:00

21.20019

SELECT : SET : CONFIRM :

CLOCK

CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

8. FRI 8:00

SELECT : SET :

OFFAUTO ADJUST

.20019

continued

Setting the clock

Changing the station for the Auto Clock Set function (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

Getting Started

Before you start…

• Turn on the VCR and the TV.

• Set the TV to the video channel.

MENUEXIT :

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

Press MENU, then press M/m to

highlight SETTIN GS and press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight CLOCK, then press OK.

PLAY

AUTO ADJUST is highlighted.

Press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight ON, then press OK.

PLAY

Setting the clock

Tips

• To change the digits while setting, press < to return to the item to be changed, and select the digits by pressing M/m.

• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.

Note

• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few minutes.

1-6

continued

Setting the clock

Selected programme position

Press m to highlight CLOCK PROGRAM, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m repeatedly until the programme position of the station

PLAY

that carries a time signal appears.

If the VCR does not receive a time signal from any station, AUTO ADJUST returns to OFF automatically.

Press MENU to exit the menu.

Tips

• If you set AUTO ADJUST to ON, the Auto Clock Set function is activated whenever the VCR is turned off. The time is adjusted automatically by making reference to the time signal from the station whose programme position is displayed in the “CLOCK PROGRAM” row. If you do not need the Auto Clock Set, select OFF.

• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.

Note

• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few minutes.

AUTO ADJUST CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

SELECT : CONFIRM :

AUTO ADJUST CLOCK PROGRAM MANUAL ADJUST

SELECT : CONFIRM :

CLOCK

FRI 8 : 0 0

.2001 FRI 8 :00

1 AAB

MENUEXIT :

2 CDE

MENUEXIT :

21.20019

CLOCK

8. 9

Selecting a language

You can change the on-screen display language from the one you selected with the Auto Set Up function.

Before you start…

• Turn on the VCR and the TV.

• Set the TV to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

highlight SETTIN GS and press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight LANGUAGE, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight the desired language, then press OK.

PLAY

Press MENU to exit the menu.

Tip

• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.

Note

• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few minutes.

Press MENU, then press M/m to

TUNER CLOCK LANGUAGE

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

SELECT SET :

SETTINGS

LANGUAGE

Getting Started

MENUEXIT :

Setting the clock

Presetting channels

If some channels could not be preset using the Auto Set Up function, you can preset them manually.

Before you start…

• Turn on the VCR and the TV.

• Set the TV to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

highlight SETT INGS and pr ess OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight TUNER, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight NORMAL/ CATV, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight NORMAL, then press OK.

PLAY

To preset CATV (Cable Television) channels, select CATV.

Press MENU, then press M/m to

SETTINGS

TUNER CLOCK LANGUAGE

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

TUNER

SYSTEM NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

NORMAL C OFF ON

NORMAL CATV

NORMAL C OFF ON

PROG. 1

AAB12

PROG.

PROG. 1

AAB12

Selecting a language

• PROG

MENUEXIT :

Press PROG +/– to select the programme position.

Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL SET, then press OK.

PLAY

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

NORMAL C OFF ON

C ON

PROG. 4

AAB12

PROG.

AAB12

Getting Started

MENUEXIT :

Presetting channels

1-7

continued

Presetting channels

Press M/m repeatedly until the channel you want is displayed.

PLAY

123

The channels appear in the following

456

order:

789

B/G TV system D/K TV system

Channel number in the CHANNEL SET field

Receivable Channel

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

Channel number in the CHANNEL SET field

C02 E2 C02 R1

C03 E3 C05 R6

C04 E4 C06 R7

C05 E5 C12 R12

C06 E6 C13 R2

C07 E7 C14 R3

C08 E8 C15 R4

C09 E9 C16 R5

C10 E10 C17 R8

C11 E11 C18 R9

C12 E12 C19 R10

C21–C69 E21–E69 C20 R11

S01–S41 S1–S41 C21 –C69 R21–R69

S42–S46 S01–S05

If you know the number of the channel you want, press the programme number buttons. For example, for channel 5, first press “0” and then press “5.”

If the TV sound is distorted or noisy, press M/m to highlight SYSTEM

PLAY

and press OK. Then press M/m to

select B/G or D/K so that you get better sound.

SYSTEM NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ OFF AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

TUNER

PROG.

Receivable Channel

PROG.

D / K B / G

MENUEXIT :

To preset another programme position, repeat steps 5 through 7.

Press MENU to exit the menu.

If the picture is not clear

Normally, the Auto Fine Tuning (AFT) function automatically tunes in channels clearly. However, if the picture is not clear, you may also use the manual tuning function.

Press PROG +/– or the programme number buttons to select the

programme position for which you cannot obtain a clear picture. Press MENU, then select SETTINGS and press OK.

Select TUNER, then press OK.

Select FINE TUNING, then press OK.

The fine tuning meter appears.

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SET :

Press </, to get a clearer picture, then press MENU to exit the menu.

Note that the AFT (Auto Fine Tuning) setting switches to OFF.

Tip

• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.

Notes

• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few minutes.

• When adju sting FINE TUNING, the menu may become di fficult to read due to interference from the picture being rece ived.

NORMAL C

OFF

PROG.

MENUEXIT :

Selected programme position

Getting Started

Presetting channels

Changing/disabling programme positions

After setting the channels, you can change the programme positions as you like. If any programme positions are unused or contain unwanted channels, you can disable them.

You can also change the station names (not available on SLV-SE610N/K). If the station names are not displayed, you can enter them manually.

Changing programme positions

Before you start…

• Turn on the VCR and the TV.

• Set the TV to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

Press MENU, then press M/m to highlight LISTS and press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL LIST, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight the row which you want to change the

PLAY

programme position, then press ,.

To display other pages for programme positions 6 to 60, press

repeatedly.

M/m

LISTS

CHANNEL LIST TIMER LIST

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

CHANNEL LIST

PROG

1 2 3 4 5

SELECT : MOVE PROGRAM:: ERASE PROGRAM

CHANNEL LIST

PROG

2 3 4 5

SELECT : SET STATION NAME:: CONFIRM

CLEAR

Presetting channels

MENUEXIT :

NAME AAB CDE

FGH

MENUEXIT :

Disabling unwanted programme positions

After presetting channe ls, you can disable unused programme po sitions. The disabled positions will be skipped later when you press the PROG +/– buttons.

Press M/m until the selected channel row moves to the desired

PLAY

programme position.

The selected channel is inserted at the new programme position and the intermediate channels are displaced to fill the gap.

Press OK to confirm the setting.

PLAY

To change the programme position of another station, repeat steps 3 through 5.

Press MENU to exit the menu.

Tip

• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.

Note

• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few minutes.

CHANNEL LIST

PROG

1 2

4 5

SELECT : SET STATION NAME:: CONFIRM

NAME

CDE

AAB

FGH

Getting Started

MENUEXIT :

Before you start…

• Turn on the VCR and the TV.

NAME AAB CDE

FGH

MENUEXIT :

• Set the TV to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

Press MENU, then press M/m to

highlight LISTS, an d press OK.

LISTS

CHANNEL LIST TIMER LIST

RETURN

Changing/disabling programme positions

1-8

PLAY

SELECT : SET :

Changing/disabling programme positions

MENUEXIT :

continued

RETURN

SET :

SELECT :

MENUEXIT :

LISTS

CHANNEL LIST TIMER LIST

MENUEXIT :

CHANNEL LIST

PROG

1 2 3 4 5

AAB CDE

FGH

C C C

1 0 5

2 3 6

NAME

ERASE PROGRAM

MOVE PROGRAM::

SELECT :

CLEAR

MENUEXIT :

CHANNEL LIST

PROG

2 3 4 5

AAB CDE

FGH

C C C

1 0 5

2 3 6

NAME

CONFIRM

SET STATION NAME::

SELECT :

MENUEXIT :

CHANNEL LIST

CONFIRM OK

PROG

SELECT A CHARACTER :

2 3 4 5

AAB CDE

FGH

C C C

1 0 5

2 3 6

NAME

Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL LIST, then press OK.

PLAY

SELECT : MOVE PROGRAM:: ERASE PROGRAM

Press M/m to highlight the row which you want to disable.

PLAY

SELECT : MOVE PROGRAM:: ERASE PROGRAM

CLEAR

Press CLEAR.

The selected row will be cleared as shown on the right.

SELECT : MOVE PROGRAM:: ERASE PROGRAM

Repeat steps 3 and 4 for any other programme positions you want to disable.

Press MENU to exit the menu.

Tip

• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.

Notes

• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few minutes.

• Be sure to select the programme position y ou want to disable correctly. If you disable a programme position by mistake, you need to reset that channel manually.

CHANNEL LIST

PROG

1 2 3 4 5

CHANNEL LIST

PROG

1 2 3 4 5

CHANNEL LIST

PROG

1 2 3 4 5

Changing the station names (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

NAME

AAB

CDE

FGH

You can change or enter the station names (up to 5 characters). The VCR must receive channel information (for instance, SMARTLINK information) for station names to appear automatically.

Getting Started

Before you start…

CLEAR

MENUEXIT :

NAME

AAB

CDE

FGH

CLEAR

MENUEXIT :

NAME

AAB

CDE

FGH

CLEAR

MENUEXIT :

• Turn on the VCR and the TV.

• Set the TV to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

Press MENU, then press M/m to

highlight LISTS and press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL LIST, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight the row which you want to change or enter

PLAY

the station name, then press ,.

To display other pages for programme positions 6 to 60, press

repeatedly.

M/m

Press ,.

PLAY

Changing/disabling programme positions

Enter the station name.

PLAY

Press M/m to select a character.

Each time you press M, the character changes as shown below.

A … tttt z tttt 0 tttt 1 tttt … tttt 9 tttt (symbols) tttt (blank space) tttt A

Press , to set the next character. The next space is highlighted. To correct a character, press </, until the character you want to correct is highlighted, then reset it.

You can set up to 5 characters for the station name.

Press OK to confirm the new name.

PLAY

Press MENU to exit the menu.

Tip

• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.

Notes

• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few minutes.

• If you enter a symbol in step 5, it will appear as a blank space in the display window.

tttt B tttt … tttt Z tttt a tttt b tttt

CHANNEL LIST

PROG

SELECT A CHARACTER : NEXT CONFIRM OK

Scart (EURO-AV)

continued

Getting Started

Changing/disabling programme positions

NAME CAB CDE

FGH

: :

MENUEXIT :

Setting the Canal Plus decoder

(not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

You can watch or record Canal Plus programmes if you connect a decoder (not supplied) to the VCR.

Connecting a decoder

DECODER/t LINE-3 IN* or DECODER/t LINE-2 IN*

LINE-1 (TV)

Scart cable (not supplied)

Scart (EURO-AV)

AERIAL OUT

Aerial cable (supplied)

Canal Plus decoder

AERIAL IN

Scart cable (not supplied)

: Signal flow

Setting Canal Plus channels

To watch or record Canal Plus programmes, set your VCR to receive the channels using the on-screen display.

In order to set the channels correctly, be sure to follow all of the steps below.

Before you start…

• Turn on the VCR, the TV, and the decoder.

• Set the TV to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

Changing/disabling programme positions

1-9

Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

continued

highlight OPTIONS and press OK.

PLAY

Press MENU, then press M/m to

OPTIONS - 1 OPTIONS - 2

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

OPTIONS

MENUEXIT :

to highlight SETTINGS and press

OK.

PLAY

Press MENU again. Then press M/

TUNER CLOCK LANGUAGE

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

SETTINGS

Getting Started

MENUEXIT :

Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

Press M/m to highlight OPTIONS-2, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight DECODER/

LINE3*

PLAY

(or DECODER/LINE2*2),

then press OK.

Press M/m to highlight DECODER, then press OK.

Press MENU to exit the menu.

The menu disappears from the TV screen.

OPTIONS - 2

DECODER / LINE3 TIMER OPTIONS POWER SAVE TV DIRECT REC ON

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

OPTIONS - 2

DECODER / LINE3 TIMER OPTIONS POWER SAVE TV DIRECT REC

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

OPTIONS - 2

DECODER / LINE3 TIMER OPTIONS POWER SAVE TV DIRECT REC ON

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

DECODER VARIABLE OFF

NORMALRR

DECODER LINE3

ON NORMALRR

DECODER VARIABLE OFF

NORMALRR

MENUEXIT :

Press M/m to highlight TUNER, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight NORMAL/ CATV, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight NORMAL, then press OK.

PLAY

To preset CATV (Cable Television) channels, select CATV.

• PROG

Press PROG +/– to select the desired programme position.

Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

TUNER

SYSTEM NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

NORMAL C OFF ON

NORMAL CATV

NORMAL C

12 OFF ON

PROG. 1

AAB12

MENUEXIT :

PROG.

MENUEXIT :

PROG. 1

AAB

MENUEXIT :

Selected programme position

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

NORMAL C

OFF ON

PROG.

AAB

MENUEXIT :

continued

Press M/m to highlight CHANNEL SET, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to select the Canal Plus channels, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight PAY-TV/ CANAL+, then press OK.

PLAY

Press M/m to highlight ON, then press OK.

PLAY

If the TV sound is distorted or noisy, press M/m to highlight SYSTEM

PLAY

and press OK. Then press M/m to

select B/G or D/K so that you get better sound.

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

TUNER

SYSTEM D / K NORMAL / CATV CHANNEL SET PAY - TV / CANAL+ AFT FINE TUNING

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

C ON

NORMAL

C OFF ON

NORMAL ON

OFF

NORMAL

C ON ON

B / G ON

PROG.

AAB12

MENUEXIT :

PROG. 5

LMN

MENUEXIT :

PROG. 5

MENUEXIT :

PROG. 5

LMN

MENUEXIT :

PROG. 5

MENUEXIT :

Press MENU to exit the menu.

Tip

• If you want to return to the previous menu, highlight RETURN and press OK.

Notes

• The menu disappears automatically if you don’t proceed for more than a few minutes.

• To superimpose subtitles while watching Canal Plus programmes, make both decoder-VCR and VCR-TV connections using 21-pin Scart cables tha t are compatible with the RGB signals. You cannot record subtitles on the VCR.

• When you wat ch Canal Plus programmes thro ugh the RFU input of the TV, press

TV/VIDEO so that the VIDEO indicator appears in the display window.

• If POWER SAVE is set to FULL, you cannot watch or record Canal Plus programmes during standby mode. Se t POWER SAVE in the OPTIONS-2 menu to OFF or PARTIAL.

SLV-SE810N/K only

SLV-SE 710N/K and SX710N/K on ly

Getting Started

Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

1-10

Setting the Canal Plus decoder (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

Basic Operations

61:4

Playing a tape

Before you start...

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.

Insert a tape.

The VCR turns on and starts playing automatically if you insert a tape with its safety tab removed.

Press H PLAY.

PLAY

When the tape reaches the end, it will rewind automatically.

Additional tasks

To Press

Stop play

Pause play

Resume play after pause

Fast-forward the tape

Rewind the tape

Eject the tape

To set the colour system

If the playback picture has no colour, or streaks appear during playback, set COLOUR SYSTEM in the OPTIONS-1 menu to conform to the system that the tape was recorded in (see page 85). (Normally set the option to AUTO.)

To use the time counter

Press CLEAR at the point on the tape that you want to find later. The counter in the display window resets to “0:00:00.” Search for the point afterwards by referring to the counter.

SP OPCVIDEO

STOP

PAU SE

PAU SE o r HPLAY

FF during stop

REW during stop

EJECT

Notes

• The counter resets to “0:00:00” whenever a tape is reinserted.

• The coun ter stops counting when it comes to a portion with no recording.

• The tim e counter does not appear on the TV screen when u sing an NTSC-recorded

tape.

• Depending on your TV, the following may occur while playing an NTSC-recorded tape:

– The picture becomes black and white. – The picture shakes. – No picture appears on the TV screen. – Black streaks appear horizontally on the TV screen. – The colour density increases or decreases.

• If you play back a ta pe in LP or EP mode with the NTSC system, the sound

becomes monaural.

• The pict ure’s colour may be affected when playing a MESECAM-recorded tape in the LP mode.

• While setting the menu on the TV screen, buttons for playback on the remote commander do not fu nction.

Starting playback automatically with one button (One Touch Play) (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you can turn on the VCR and the TV, set the TV to the video channel, and start playback automatically with one button.

Insert a tape.

The VCR automatically turns on.

If you insert a tape with its safety tab removed, the TV turns on and switches to the video channel. Playback starts automatically.

Press H PLAY.

The TV turns on and switches to the video channel automatically. Playback starts.

Tip

• When there already is a tape in the VCR, the VCR and the TV turn on, the TV is set to the video channel, and playback starts aut omatically in one sequence when you press HPLAY.

Note

• When you use the One Touch Play function, leave the TV on or in the standby mode.

Basic Operations

To display the counter on the TV screen, press DISPLAY.

Playing a tape

Recording TV programmes

Before you start...

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.

To record from a decoder, turn it on.

Insert a tape with its safety tab in place.

• PROG

Press PROG +/– to select the programme position or station name* you want to record.

SP / LP

Press SP/LP to select the tape speed, SP or LP.

LP (Long Play) provides recording time twice as long as SP. However, SP (Standard Play) produces better picture and audio quality.

REC

Press z REC to start recording.

The recording indicator lights up red in the display window.

Recording indicator

To stop recording

Press x STOP.

Playing a tape

To check the remaining time

Press DISPLAY. With the display on, press COUNTER/REMAIN to check the remaining time. Each time you press COUNTER/REMAIN, the time counter and the remaining time appear alternately. The indicator indicates the remaining time.

SP 20:00:2

SP OPCVIDEO

LP OPCVIDEO

In order to get an accurate remaining time indication, be sure TAPE LENGTH in the OPTIONS-1 menu is set according to the tape type you use (see page 85).

To watch another TV programme while recording

Press tTV/VIDEO to turn off the VIDEO indicator in the display

window.

Select another programme position on the TV.

To save a recording

To prevent accidental erasure, break off the safety tab as illustrated. To record on the same tape again, cover the tab hole with adhesive tape.

Tips

• To select a programme position, you can use the programme number buttons on the remote commander. For two-digit numbers, press the - (ten’s digit) button followed by the programme number buttons.

• If you connect additional equipment to a LINE connect or or jack, you can select the input signal using the INPUT SELECT or PROG +/– buttons.

• The DISPLAY information appears on the TV screen indicating information about the tape, but the information won’t be recorded on the tape.

• If you do n’t want to watch TV while recording, yo u can turn off the TV. When using a decoder, make sure to leave it on.

Remaining timeTime counter

Safety tab

Basic Operations

Recording TV programmes

1-11

Recording TV programmes

continued

Notes

• The DISPLAY information does not appear during still (pause) mode or slowmotion playback.

• The DISPLAY information will not appear while playing an NTSC-recorded tape.

• If a tape has portions recorded in both PAL (MESECAM) and NTSC systems, the time counter reading will not be correct. This discre pancy is due to the difference between the counting cycles of the two video sys tems.

• You cannot watch a Canal Plus programme while r ecording another Canal Plu s programme.*

• When you insert a no n-standard commercially available tape, the remaining time may not be correct.

• The remaining time is intended for rough measurement only.

• About 30 seconds after the tape begins playback, the tape remaining time will be

displayed.

• The station nam e* may not appear if the VCR does not receive station name information signals.

* not available on SLV-SE610N/K

Recording what you are watching on the TV (TV Direct Rec) (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you can easily record what you are watching on the TV (other than tapes being played on the VCR).

Insert a tape with its safety tab in place.

Press z REC while you are watching a TV programme or external

source.

The VCR automatically turns on, then the TV indicator lights up and the VCR starts recording what you are watching on the TV.

Tips

• The TV indicator appears in the display window after you press zREC in some situations such as:

– when you are watching a source connected to the TV’s line input, or – when the TV tuner preset data for the programme position is different from the

data in the VCR tuner preset.

• If there is a tape with its safety tab in place in the VCR, the VCR automatically turns on and starts recording what you are watching on the TV when you press

REC.

• You can turn the TV Direct Rec function ON and OFF in the OPTIONS-2 menu (see page 86).

Notes

• You cannot record what you are watching usi ng this method when the VCR is in the following modes; pause, timer standby, tuner preset, Auto Set Up, and recording.

• When the TV indicator is lit in the display window, do not turn off the TV nor change the TV programme position. When the TV indicator is not lit, the VCR continues recording the programme even if you change the TV programme position on the TV.

Basic Operations

Recording TV programmes

Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer

(SLV-SE810N/K only)

The Dial Timer function allows you to make timer recordings of programmes without turning on your TV. Set the recording timer to record up to eight programmes, including settings made with other timer methods, that will be broadcast within the next month. The recording start time and recording stop time can be set at one minute intervals.

Before you start...

• Insert a tape with its safety tab in place. Make sure the tape is longer than the total recording time.

• To record from a decoder, turn it on.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

DIAL TIMER

Press DIAL TIMER.

“DATE” and “TODAY” appear alternately in the display window.

If the date and time are not set, “DAY” will appear. See step 2 in the following section, “To set the clock” to set the date and time.

DIAL TIMER

Tur n DIAL TIMER to set the recording date.

????/1111

DIAL TIMER

PROGRAM +/–

Recording TV programmes

DIAL TIMER

SP OPCVIDEO

Press DIAL TIMER.

“START” and the current time appear alternately in the display window.

DIAL TIMER

Turn DIAL TIMER to set the recording start time.

You can set the recording start time in 15 minute intervals or adjust the time in one minute intervals by pressing the PROGRAM +/– buttons.

PROGRAM

DIAL TIMER

Press DIAL TIMER.

“STOP” and the recording stop time appear alternately in the display window.

DIAL TIMER

Turn DIAL TIMER to set the recording stop time.

You can set the recording stop time in 15 minute intervals or adjust the time in one minute intervals by pressing the PROGRAM +/– buttons.

PROGRAM

SP OPCVIDEO

Basic Operations

Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV-SE810N/K only)

1-12

Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV -SE810N/K only)

continued

DIAL TIMER

SET :

SELECT :

MENUEXIT :

TIMER METHOD

STANDARD SHOWVIEW

MENUEXIT :

SHOWVIEW

SET :

–

0–9

SHOWVIEW NO.

––––––– –

FRI28. 9

Press DIAL TIMER.

The programme position or station name appears in the display window.

DIAL TIMER

Tur n DIAL TIMER to set the programme position.

To record from a decoder or other source connected to one or more of the LINE inputs, turn

to display the connected line in the display window.

INPUT SELECT

DIAL TIMER

Press DIAL TIMER to complete the setting.

DIAL TIMER or press INPUT SELECT

“OK” appears in the display window for about five seconds.

The indicator appears in the display window and the VCR stands by for recordin g.

To record from a decoder or other source, leave the connected equipment switched on.

To return to the previous step

To return to the previous step, press the PROGRAM + and – buttons on the VCR at the same time during any of the Dial Timer settings.

To stop recording

To stop the VCR while recording, press x STOP.

To use the VCR after setting the timer

To use the VCR before a recording begins, just press ?/1. The indicator turns off and the VCR switches on. Remember to press ?/1 to reset the VCR to recording standby after using the VCR.

You can also do the following tasks while the VCR is recording:

• Reset the counter (page 44).

• Display tape information on the TV screen (page 47).

• Check the timer settings (page 68).

• Watch another TV programme (page 47).

To set the clock

Turn DIAL TIMER so that “CLOCK” appears in the display window.

Press DIAL TIMER.

SP OPCVIDEO

“DAY” appears in the display window.

Turn DIAL TIMER to set the day.

Press DIAL TIMER.

“MONTH” appears in the display window.

Turn and press DIAL TIMER to set the month, and then the year.

After you set the year, “CLOCK” appears in the display window again.

Turn and press DIAL TIMER to set the hour and minute.

When you have finished setting the time, press DIAL TIMER to start

the clock.

Tips

• To cancel a Dial Timer setting, press x (stop) on the VCR the setting.

• The programme is recorded in the current tape speed mode. To change the tape speed, press SP/LP before you complete the setti ng in step 9.

• When you are r ecording a programme in the SP mode and t he remaining tape becomes shorter than the recording time, the tape speed is automatically changed to the LP mode. Note that some interference will appear on the picture at the point the tape speed is changed. If you want to keep the same tape speed, set AUTO LONG PLAY to OFF in the OPTIONS-1 menu (page 85).

• To check, change, or cancel th e programme setting, see “Check ing/changing/ cancelling timer settings” (page 68).

Notes

• If eight programme s have already been set using the ShowView system or the TIMER menu, “FULL” appears in the display window for about five seconds.

• The indicator flashes in the display window when you complete the setting in step 9 with no tape inserted.

• If you set the clock using the Auto Clock Set function and AUTO ADJUST is set to ON, the clock will adjust itself to the incoming time signal regardless of adjustments made with the Dial Timer. Be sure you have set the Auto Clock Set correctly.

• The statio n name may not appear if the VCR does not r eceive station name information signals.

while you are making

Basic Operations

Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV-SE810N/K only)

About the Demonstration Mode

The Dial Timer function has a Demonstration Mode that allows the user, such as a salesperson, to enter more than eight examples of timer settings when demonstrating the use of the Dial Timer. It cancels the FULL notice which appears if eight programmes have already been set. Do not use the Demonstration Mode for making timer recordings. Doing so may cause the settings to be inaccurate.

To activate the Demonstration Mode

Press X (pause) on the VCR appears in the display window for a few seconds.

while turning the DIAL TIMER. “DEMO”

To cancel the Demonstration Mode

Turn the power off and unplug the mains lead. Although the Demonstration Mode is cancelled, the timer settings entered while using the Demonstration Mode will remain. Be sure to manually cancel the timer settings before you use the Dial Timer or any other timer method after reconnecting the mains lead (see page 68).

Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV -SE810N/K only)

continued

Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system

(not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

The ShowView system is the feature that simplifies programming the VCR to make timer recordings. Just enter the ShowView number listed in the TV programme guide. The date, times, and programme position of that programme are set automatically. You can preset a total of eight programmes, including settings made with other timer methods.

Before you start

• Check that the VCR clo ck is set to the correct time and date.

• Insert a tape with its safety tab in place. Make sure the tape is longer than the total recording

time.

• To record from a decoder, turn it on.

• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.

• Set TIMER OPTIONS to SHOWVIEW or VARIABLE in the OPTIONS-2 menu (see page

85).

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

…

TIMER

Press TIMER.

• When you set TIMER OPTIONS to VARIABLE: The TIMER METHOD menu

PLAY

appears on the TV screen. Press

M/m

to select SHOWVIEW, then

press OK.

• When you set TIMER OPTIONS to SHOWVIEW: The SHOWVIEW menu appears on the TV screen.

Basic Operations

Recording TV programmes using the Dial Timer (SLV-SE810N/K only)

Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

continued

1-13

Press the programme number

123

buttons to enter the ShowView

456

number.

789

If you make a mistake, press CLEAR and re-enter the correct number.

CLEAR

Press OK.

PLAY

The date, start and stop times,

programme position or s tation name, tape speed, and VPS/PDC setting appear on the TV screen.

INPUT SELECT

• If “– –” appears in the “PROG.” (programme) column (this may

CLEAR

happen for local broadcasts), you have to set the appropriate programme position manually. Press M/m to select the desired programme position. To record from a decoder or other source connected to one or more of the LINE inputs, press INPUT SELECT to display the connected line in the “PROG.” position. You will only have to do this operation once for the referred channel. The VCR will then store your setting.

If the information is incorrect, press CLEAR to cancel the setting.

If you want to change the date, tape speed, and the VPS/PDC setting:

PLAY

Press </, to highlight the item you want to change.

Press M/m to reset it.

• To record the same programme every day or the same day every week, see “Daily/weekly recording” on page 57.

• To use the VPS/PDC function, set VPS/PDC to ON. For details of the VPS/PDC function, see “Timer recording with VPS/PDC signals” on page 57.

Press MENU to exit the menu.

SET : CONFIRM:: CANCEL

DATE

TODAY 519: 00 20: 00 3 SP / LP LIST

SELECT : SET:: CANCEL

DATE

TODAY 519: 00 20: 00 3 SP / LP LIST

SELECT : SET:: CANCEL

SHOWVIEW

SHOWVIEW NO.

1246––– –

0–9 OK CLEAR

TIMER

TIME PROG.

SP VPS / PDC OFF

CLEAR

TIMER

TIME PROG.

SP VPS / PDC ON

CLEAR

FRI28. 9

–

MENUEXIT :

FRI28. 9

MENUEXIT :

Press ?/1 to turn off the VCR.

The indicator appears in the display window and the VCR stands by for recording.

To record from a decoder or other source, leave the connected equipment switched on.

To stop recording

To stop the VCR while recording, press x STOP.

Daily/weekly recording

In step 4 above, press m to select the recording pattern. Each time you press

, the indication changes as shown below. Press M to change the indication

in reverse order.

TODAY t SUN-SAT (Sunday to Saturday) t MON-SAT (Monday to

Saturday) t MON-FRI (Monday to Friday) t SAT (every Saturday) .....

t MON (every Monday) t SUN (every Sunday) t 1 month later t (dates count down) t TOMORROW t TODAY

Basic Operations

Timer recording with VPS/PDC signals

Some broadcast systems transmit VPS (Video Programme System) or PDC (Programme Delivery Control) signals with their TV programmes. These signals ensure that your timer recordings are made regardless of broadcast delays, early starts, or broadcast interruptions (when the VPS or PDC indicator in the display window is lit).

To use the VPS/PDC function, set VPS/PDC to ON in step 4 above. You can also use the VPS/PDC function for a source connected to one or more of the

FRI28. 9

LINE inputs.

To record satellite broadcasts

If you connect a satellite tuner and the VCR, you can record satellite programmes.

Turn on the satellite tuner.

MENUEXIT :

On the satellite tuner, select the satellite programme for which you want

to make a timer setting. Follow steps 1 through 6 above.

Keep the satellite tuner turned on until the VCR finishes recording the

satellite programme for which you have made a timer setting.

Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

To use the VCR after setting the timer

To use the VCR before a recording begins, just press ?/1. The indicator turns off and the VCR switches on. Remember to press ?/1 to reset the VCR to recording standby after using the VCR.

You can also do the following tasks while the VCR is recording:

• Reset the counter (page 44).

• Display tape information on the TV screen (page 47).

• Check the timer settings (page 68).

• Watch another TV programme (page 47).

Tips

• To set the programme position, you can also use the PROG +/– or programme number buttons.

• To set the programme position with a two digit number, press - (ten’s digit) button followed by the programme number buttons.

• To set the line inpu t video source, you can also use the PROG +/– buttons .

• To set the tape speed, you can also use the SP/LP butto n.

• When you are reco rding a programme in the SP mode and the remaining ta pe

becomes shorter than the recording time, the tape spee d is automatically changed to the LP mode. Note that some interference will appear on the picture at the point the tape speed is changed. If you want to keep the same tape speed, set AUTO LONG PLAY to OFF in the OPTIONS-1 menu (page 85).

• To check, change, or cancel the programme setting, press </, to choose LIST, then press OK in step 4. For details, see step 3 in “Checking/changing/c ancelling timer settings” (page 68).

Notes

• If the VPS/PDC signal is too weak or the broadcasting station failed to transmit VPS/PDC signals, the VCR will start recording at the set time without using the VPS/PDC function.

• The indicator flashes in the display window when you press ?/1 with no tape inserted.

• When you set TIMER OPTIONS to STANDARD in the OPTIONS-2 menu, the SHOWVIEW menu does not appear on the TV screen. Select SHOWVIEW or VA R I A B L E .

• The VPS/PDC function is automatically set to OFF for the timer recording of a satellite programme.

• The station nam e may not appear if the VCR does not receive station name information signals.

Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

continued

Recording TV programmes using the timer

You can preset a total of eight programmes, including settings made with other timer methods.

Before you start

• Check that the VCR clo ck is set to the correct time and date.

• Insert a tape with its safety tab in place. Make sure the tape is longer than the total recording

time.

• To record from a decoder, turn it on.

• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.

• Set TIMER OPTIONS to STANDARD or VARIABLE in the OPTIONS-2 menu (see page

85).*

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

…

TIMER

Press TIMER.

For SLV-SE610N/K: The TIMER menu appears on the TV screen.

PLAY

For SLV-SE710N/K, SX710N/K, and SE810N/K:

• When you set TIMER OPTIONS to VARIABLE: The TIMER METHOD menu appears on the TV screen. Press

M/m

to select STANDARD, then

press OK.

• When you set TIMER OPTIONS to STANDARD: The TIMER menu appears on the TV screen.

TIMER

DATE

TIME PROG.

TODAY –––: –– –– : –– –

SP / LP LIST

SELECT : SET:: CANCEL

CLEAR

TIMER METHOD

STANDARD SHOWVIEW

SELECT : SET :

TIMER

DATE

TIME PROG.

TODAY –––: –– –– : –– –

SP / LP

SP VPS / PDC OFF

LIST

SELECT : SET::

CLEAR

CANCEL

FRI28. 9

MENUEXIT :

FRI28. 9

MENUEXIT :

Basic Operations

Recording TV programmes using the ShowView system (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

1-14

Recording TV programmes using the timer

continued

Set the date, start and stop times, programme position or station

PLAY

name*, tape speed, and VPS/PDC

function*:

INPUT SELECT

Press , to highlight each item in turn.

Press M/m to set each item.

TIMER

DATE

TODAY 519: 00 20: 00 3 SP / LP LIST

SELECT : SET:: CANCEL

CLEAR

To correct a setting, press < to return to that setting and reset.

• To record the same programme every day or the same day every week, see “Daily/weekly recording” on page 60.

• To use the VPS/PDC function*, set VPS/PDC to ON. For details about the VPS/PDC function, see “Timer recording with VPS/ PDC signals” on page 57.

• To record from a decoder or other source connected to one or more of the LINE inputs, press INPUT SELECT to display the connected line in the “PROG.” position.

Press MENU to exit the menu.

Press ?/1 to turn off the VCR.

The indicator appears in the display window and the VCR stands by for recordin g.

To record from a decoder or other source, leave the connected equipment switched on.

To stop recording

To stop the VCR while recording, press x STOP.

Daily/weekly recording

In step 2 above, press m to select the recording pattern. Each time you press

, the indication changes as shown below. Press M to change the indication

in reverse order.

TODAY t SUN-SAT (Sunday to Saturday) t MON-SAT (Monday to

Saturday) t MON-FRI (Monday to Friday) t SAT (every Saturday) .....

t MON (every Monday) t SUN (every Sunday) t 1 month later t (dates count down) t TOMOR ROW t TO DAY

TIME PROG.

SP VPS / PDC OFF

FRI28. 9

MENUEXIT :

To record satellite broadcasts

If you connect a satellite tuner and the VCR, you can record satellite programmes.

Turn on the satellite tuner.

On the satellite tuner, select the satellite programme for which you want

to make a timer setting. Follow steps 1 through 4 above.

Keep the satellite tuner turned on until the VCR finishes recording the

satellite programme for which you have made a timer setting.

Basic Operations

To use the VCR after setting the timer

To use the VCR before a recording begins, just press ?/1. The indicator turns off and the VCR switches on. Remember to press ?/1 to reset th e VCR to recording standby after using the VCR.

You can also do the following tasks while the VCR is recording:

• Reset the counter (page 44).

• Display tape information on the TV screen (page 47).

• Check the timer settings (page 68).

• Watch another TV programme (page 47).

Tips

• To set the programme position, you can also use the PROG +/– or programme number buttons.

• To set the programme position with a two digit number, press - (ten’s digit) button followed by the programme number buttons.

• To set the line input video source, you can also use the PROG +/– buttons.

• To set the tape speed, you can also use the SP/LP button.

• When you are r ecording a programme in the SP mode and t he remaining tape

becomes shorter than the recording time, the tape speed is automatically changed to the LP mode. Note that some interference will appear on the picture at the point the tape speed is changed. If you want to keep the same tape speed, set AUTO LONG PLAY to OFF in the OPTIONS-1 menu (page 85).

• Even if you set TIMER OPTIONS* to SHOWVIEW in the OPTIONS-2 menu, you can set the timer manually. Press MENU to select TIMER, then go to step 2.

• To check, change, or cancel th e programme setting, press </, to choose LIST, then press OK in step 2. For details, see step 3 in “Checking/changing/cancelling timer settings” (page 68).

Recording TV programmes using the timer

Notes

• When setting the timer with VPS/PDC signals, enter the start and stop times exactly as indicated in the TV programme guide. Otherwise, the VPS/PDC function* won’t work.

• If the VPS/PDC signal is too weak or the broadcasting station failed to transmit VPS/PDC signals, the VCR will start recording at the set time without using the VPS/PDC function*.

• The indicator flashes in the display window when you press ?/1 with no tape inserted.

• The VPS/PDC function* is automatically set to OFF for the timer recording of a satellite programme.

• The station nam e* may not appear if the VCR does not receive station name information signals.

* not available on SLV-SE610N/K

Recording TV programmes using the timer

Additional Operations

continued

Playing/searching at various speeds

Before you start

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

Playback options Operation

View the picture during fast-forward or rewind

Play at high speed • During playback, press M FF or m REW on the remote

Play at twice the normal speed

Play in slow motion During playback, press ySLOW.

Play frame by frame During pause, press M FF or m REW on the remote

Rewind and start play During stop, press H(play) on the VCR

…

During fast-forward, hold down M FF/M. During rewind, hold down m REW/m.

commander.

• During play back, hold down M FF/M or m REW/m. When you release the button, normal playbac k resumes.

During playback, press ×2.

commander. Hold down M FF or m REW to play one frame each second.

on the VCR

To resume normal playback

Press H PLAY.

Using the shuttle ring (SLV-SE810N/K only)

With the shuttle ring, you can operate a variety of playback options. There are two ways for using the shuttle ring, normal mode and jog mode.

while holding down

Shuttle ring

Additional Operations

JOG

Recording TV programmes using the timer

1-15

Playing/searching at various speeds

continued

To use the shuttle ring in normal mode

During playback or pause, turn the shuttle ring clockwise or anticlockwise. Each change in the shuttle ring position changes the playback mode in the following way.

Pause

Slow motion in reverse

Normal speed in reverse

Double speed in reverse

High speed in reverse

Slow motion

Normal speed (Initial speed)

Double speed

High speed

To use the shuttle ring in jog mode

Use this mode for frame-by-frame playback.

Press JOG to enter the jog mode. The JOG button lights up. If you change to the jog mode during any playback mode, playback pauses so you can see a still picture. Each change in the shuttle ring position shifts the picture one frame. To shift frames in reverse, turn the shuttle ring anticlockwise. The frame shift speed depends on the speed you turn the shuttle ring.

To resume normal mode, press JOG again. The JOG button turns off.

Tip

• Adjust the pictu re using the PROGRAM +/– buttons on the VCR – Streaks appear while playing in slow motion. – Bands appear at the top or b ottom while pausing. – The picture shakes while pausing. To set tracking to the centre position, press both buttons (+/–) at the same time.

Notes

• The sound i s muted during these operatio ns.

• In the LP mod e, noise may appear or there may be no colour.

• If the play back mode mark doesn’t appear on the TV screen, press DISPLAY.

if:

Setting the recording duration time

After you have started recording in the normal way, you can have the VCR stop recording automatically after a specified duration.

Before you start

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

…

While recording, press z REC.

The indicator appears in the display window.

Press z REC repeatedly to set the duration time.

Each press advances the time in increments of 30 minutes.

0:30 1:00

The tape counter decreases minute by minute to 0:00, then the VCR stops recording and turns off automatically.

5:30 6:00

To extend the duration

Press z REC repeatedly to set a new duration time.

To cancel the duration

Press z REC repeatedly until the indicator disappears and the VCR returns to the normal recording mode.

To stop recording

To stop the VCR while recording, press x STOP.

Note

• You cannot display the current tape time in the display window when setting the recording duration time.

SP OPCVIDEO

Normal recording

Additional Operations

Playing/searching at various speeds

Synchronized Recording

(not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

You can set the VCR to automatically record programmes from equipment such as a satellite tuner by connecting the equipment to the DECODER/ LINE-3 IN* equipment must have a timer function for this feature to work.

When the connected equipment turns on, the VCR also automatically turns on and starts recording a programme from DECODER/LINE-3 IN* DECODER/LINE-2 IN*

How to connect for Synchronized Recording

Connect the DECODER/LINE-3 IN*1 (or DECODER/LINE-2 IN*2) connector of the VCR to the TV Scart connect the LINE-1 (TV) connector to the TV.

DECODER/t LINE-3 IN* or DECODER/t LINE-2 IN*

Synchronized Recording (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

(or DECODER/LINE-2 IN*2) connector. The connected

Scart cable (not supplied)

LINE-1 (TV)

: Signal flow

Scart cable (not supplied)

(or

connector of the satellite tuner. Then

Satellite tuner, etc.

TV Scart connector

Scart (EURO-AV)

Setting the recording duration time

Recording programmes using the Synchronized Recording function

SYNCHRO REC

Before you start...

• Insert a tape with its safety tab in place. Make sure the tape is longer than the total recording time.

• Set DECODER/LINE3*

LINE2*

) to LINE3*1 (or LINE2*2) in the

OPTIONS-2 menu (see page 85).

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

1 2 3

(or DECODER/

Press INPUT SELECT or PROG +/– to display “L3*1 (or L2*2)” in the display window.

Set the timer on the connected equipment to the time of the programme you want to record, then turn it off.

Press SP/LP to select the tape speed.

Hold down SYNCHRO REC for more than two seconds.

The SYNCHRO indicator appears in the display window and the VCR stands by for recording.

The VCR automatically turns on and starts recording when it receives an input signal from the connected equipment.

The VCR automatically stops recording when the tape reaches the end or when the connected equipment stops transmitting an input signal.

To cancel the Synchronized Recording function

Press SYNCHRO REC. The SYNCHRO indicator disappears.

To stop recording

Press x STOP while recording.

Notes

• This function may not work with some types of satellite tuners.

• Some TVs or other equipment with timer functions will automatically turn off if no

operation is performed within a certain amount of time. In this case, the Synchronized Recording also stops automatically.

• When the connect ed equipment turns on while the SYNCHRO indicator is appeared, recording starts automatically.

• If the settings for timer recording and Synchronized Recording overlap, the programme that starts first has priority and the second programme starts recording only after the first programme has finished.

• The Auto Clock Set function does not work while the VCR stands by for Synchronized Recording.

SLV-SE810N/K only

SLV-SE 710N/K and SX710N/K on ly

Synchronized Recording (not available on SLV-SE610N/K)

Additional Operations

1-16

Checking/changing/cancelling timer settings

Before you start

• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

…

Press ?/1 to turn on the VCR.

Press MENU, then press M/m to highlight LISTS and press OK.

Press M/m to highlight TIMER LIST,

then press OK:

• If you want to change or cancel a setting, go on to the next step.

• If you do not need to change or cancel the settings, press MENU, then turn off the VCR to return to recording standby.

Press M/m to select the setting you want

to change or cancel, then press OK.

The selected setting appears in the TIMER menu.

• To change the setting, press </, to highlight the item you want to

change, then press M/m to reset it.

• To cancel the setting, press CLEAR.

Press MENU to exit the menu.

If any settings remain, turn off the VCR to return to recording standby.

TIMER LIST

DATE TIME PROG.

19: 00 20: 00 20: 00 21: 00

03.9 .10

2 0:00 1 :30

– FRI

MON

14: 00 15: 00 LP

SUN 6:30 7:00

––: –– – : –– – ––– . ––

RETURN

SELECT :

SET:: CANCEL

CLEAR

TIMER

DATE

TIME PROG.

10: 00 11: 30

2 CDE

.10

SP / LP

LP VPS / PDC ON

LIST

SELECT : SET:: CANCEL

CLEAR

3SPTODAY 5 AAB LP CDE LP FGH I

When the timer settings overlap

The programme that starts first has priority and the second programme starts recording only after the first programme has finished. If the programmes start at the same time, the programme listed first in the menu has priority.

Programme 1

Programme 2

will be cut off

Programme 1

FRI28. 9

VPS

PDC

VPS PDC

MENUEXIT :

FRI28. 9

MENUEXIT :

Tip

• In step 6 above, you can chec k the TIMER LIST by selecting LIST and pressing

Programme 2

about 20 seconds will be cut off

OK. Press MENU to exit the TIMER LIST.

about 20 seconds

Additional Operations

Checking/changing/cancelling timer settings

Recording stereo and bilingual programmes

In ZWEITON (German stereo) system

This VCR automatically receives and records stereo and bilingual programmes based on the ZWEITON system. When a stereo or bilingual programme is received, the STEREO indicator appears in the display window.

To select bilingual sound while recording

Press AUDIO MONITOR to select the sound you want.

To listen to On-screen display Display window

Main MAIN STEREO

Sub SUB STEREO

Main and sub MAIN/SUB STEREO

In NICAM system (SLV-SE610N, SE710N, SX710N, and SE810N only)

This VCR receives and records stereo and bilingual programmes based on the NICAM system (The NICAM indicator appears). When a stereo or bilingual programme is received, the STEREO indicator appears in the display window.

To record a NICAM programme, HIFI AUDIO in the OPTIONS-1 menu should be set to NICAM (initial setting). To check the menu setting, see page 85 for details.

To select the sound while recording

Press AUDIO MONITOR to select the sound you want.

Stereo programmes

To listen to On-screen display Display window

Stereo STEREO STEREO

Standard sound* No indi cator No indicator

* Usually the mixed so und of left and right channels (monaur al)

Checking/changing/cancelling timer settings

Bilingual programmes

To listen to On-screen display Display window

Main MAIN STEREO

Sub SUB STEREO

Main and sub MAIN/SUB STEREO

Standard sound* No indic ator No indicator

* Usually the main sound (monaural)

Selecting the sound during playback

Press AUDIO MONITOR to select the sound you want.

To listen to On-screen display Display window

Stereo/main and sub (left and right channels)

STEREO STEREO

Left channel/main LCH STEREO

Right channel/sub RCH STEREO

Standard sound No indicator No indicator

How sound is recorded on a video tape

The VCR records sound onto two separate tracks. Hi-fi audio is recorded onto the main track along with the picture. Monaural sound is recorded onto the normal audio track along the edge of the tape.

Bilingual

Usually main sound

Main (left channel) Sub (right channel)

Normal audio track (monaural)

Hi-fi audio track (main track)

Stereo

Usually mixed left/right channels

Stereo sound (left/right channels)

Additional Operations

Recording stereo and bilingual programmes

1-17

Recording stereo and bilingual programmes

continued

Notes

SMART SEARCHSAVE :

14: 00 15: 00 FGH

0 20 : 00 21: 00

AAB

29. 9 .9

6:30 7:00 IJK1.10

SET

SELECT

SMART SEARCH

::OK

19: 00 20: 00 328. 9 5

DATE TIME PROG.

30 MIN.BLANK TIME

18 0 MIN.

SMART SEARCH

NOW SEARCHING

18 0 MIN.

SMART SEARCHEXIT :

SET

SELECT

SMART SEARCH -RECALL-

::OK

DATE TIME PROG.

RECALL 1 2 3 4

20: 00 21: 00 AAB30. 9

6:30 7:00

1.10

14: 00 15: 00

FGH29.9

IJK

SMART SEARCHEXIT :

SET

SELECT

SMART SEARCH -RECALL-

::OK

DATE TIME PROG.

RECALL 1 2 3 4

NO DATA

• To listen to playback sounds in stereo, you must use the Scart or AUDIO OUT connections.

• When you pl ay a tape recorded in monaural , the sound is heard in monaura l regardless of the AUDIO MONITOR setting.

• If the AUDIO MONITOR button does not function, check that AUDIO MIX* the OPTIONS-1 menu is set to OFF (see page 84).

• If HIFI AUDIO* both the hi-fi and normal audio tracks. Pressing AUDIO MONITOR will not change the sound.

SLV-SE 610N, SE710N, SX710N, an d SE810N only

is set to STANDARD, the standard sound will be recorded on

Searching using the Smart Search function

If you record multiple programmes on a tape, you can use the Smart Search function to see what has been recorded on your tape. You can see information such as date, time, and programme position of the programmes recorded. You can also start playback directly from the selected programme using the SMART SEARCH screen.

All programmes are listed on the screen, regardless of how the programme was recorded.

To store programme information, see “Storing the programme information” on page

75. If you eject the tape before storing the information, the information will be cleared.

Before you start…

• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

After recording, press ?/1 to turn on the

VCR. Press SMART SEARCH.

Press M/m/</, to select the programme

you want to start viewing.

Press OK.

The VCR starts searching, and playback starts automatically from the beginning of the selected programme.

To stop searching

Press x STOP.

To exit the SMART SEARCH screen

Press MENU.

Additional Operations

Recording stereo and bilingual programmes

To record in a blank space

Blank space on the tape will appear as a blank row in the SMART SEARCH screen. Select the last blank row in step 3, then press OK. The VCR rewinds/fast-forwards the tape to the beginning of the blank space, then stops. Start recording. Note that “BLANK TIME” and the remaining time indication only refers to the length of the last blank space.

Tips

• You can store information for up to 24 programmes on a single list.

• While recor ding, you can display the SMART SEARCH screen using the SMART

SEARCH button. If you decide to stop reco rding, press MENU to make the SMART SEARCH screen disappear first. Then press xSTOP.

• You can have the player recall the data of the last cassette used to record programmes even after you eject the tape (page 78).

Notes

• You cannot use this function unless the cl ock is set.

• Depending on the tape, the total or remaining time may not appear correctly.

• If many short programmes are recorded o n a tape, multiple programmes may be

included in a single block. In this case, only the latest programme information will appear in the SMART SEARCH screen.

• Blank time is measu red from the end of the last recorded programme to the end of the tape. However, if you eject the tape and then make a new recording on the same tape, the original recorded programme(s) is display ed as a blank space.

• The statio n name* may not appear if the VCR does not receive station name information signals.

• If you start recording a programme “D” from the middle of a previously recorded programme “A” and into another previously recorded programme “B,” the Smart Search information for the second programme “B,” which is recorded over, is deleted.

Originally recorded programmes

Recording the programme “D” over the programme “A” and “B”

AD C

SMART SEARCH

DATE TIME PROG.

29. 9 0

.93

1.10 IJK

SELECT SET

* not available on SLV-SE610N/K

Searching using the Smart Search function

14: 00 15: 00 FGH 20: 00 21: 00

6:30 7:00

::OK

SMART SEARCHSAVE :

180MIN.

Searching using the Smart Search function

AAB

Storing, searching and deleting

continued

programme information (Smart Search

30 MIN.BLANK TIME

Plus)

You can store programme information, such as the recording date and time, and programme position, for a maximum of four tapes. You can select a programme and start playback, by recalling the information directly from the Smart Search Plus screen.

Storing the programme information

You can store programme information for a maximum of four tapes. Before recording a programme, select a memory bank number from the list on the SMART SEARCH screen.

The unit will not memorize the memory bank number for each cassette. Note the number you assigned to each cassette.

Before you start...

• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.

• Refer to “Index to parts and controls” for button locations.

Insert a cassette for recording.

The VCR automatically turns on. Press SMART SEARCH.

The SMART SEARCH -RECALL-screen appears.

RECALL is highlighted and the data for the last cassette used to record programmes appears.

Press </, to select a memory bank

number.

Note the memory bank number on the cassette.

To cancel the process, press SMART SEARCH.

Press OK.

Start recording.

The information about the recorded programme will be stored on the selected memory number.

Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)

continued

Additional Operations

1-18

To assign a memory number after recording

SMART SEARCHEXIT :

SET

SELECT

SMART SEARCH -RECALL-

::OK

DATE TIME PROG.

RECALL 1 2 3 4

21: 30 23: 004.10

0 18: 00 19: 00

CDE2.1

SMART SEARCHEXIT :

SET

SELECT

SMART SEARCH -RECALL-

::OK

DATE TIME PROG.

RECALL 1 2 3 4

20: 00 21: 00 AAB30. 9

6:30 7:00

1.10

14: 00 15: 00

FGH29.9

IJK

ERASE :

CLEAR

SMART SEARCHEXIT :

14: 00 15: 00 FGH

29. 9 .93

SET

SELECT

SMART SEARCH

180MIN.

DATE TIME PROG.

30 MIN.BLANK TIME

20: 00 21: 00

AAB

6:30 7:00

1.10 IJK

After recording a programme, you can store the programme information as a new memory before ejecting the cassette. However, you cannot add the memory on the existed memory bank number. To store the memory as additional, select the memory bank number before.

Press ?/1 to turn on the VCR.

Press SMART SEARCH.

Press SMART SEARCH again.

The SMART SEARCH -SAVE- screen appears.

Press </, to select a memory bank

number.

Select the memory bank number with no information or the memory bank number to be deleted.

To cancel the process, select CANCEL.

Press OK.

SMART SEARCH

DATE TIME PROG.

14: 00 15: 00 FGH

29. 9 20: 00 21: 00

.93

1.10 IJK

6:30 7:00

SELECT

SET

SMART SEARCH -SAVE-

CANCEL 1 2 3 4

DATE TIME PROG.

14: 00 15: 00 20: 00 21: 00

6:30 7:00

1.10

SELECT SET

::OK

SMART SEARCH -SAVE-

CANCEL 1 2 3 4

DATE TIME PROG.

14: 00 15: 00 20: 00 21: 00 AAB30. 9

6:30 7:00

1.10

SELECT SET

::OK

SMART SEARCHEXIT :

SMART SEARCHSAVE :

18 0 MIN.

AAB

30 MIN.BLANK TIME

FGH29.9 AAB30.9 IJK

FGH29.9 IJK

To exit the SMART SEARCH screen

Press SMART SEARCH.

Note

• If you select a numb er that is already contains programmes, the old prog ramme information is cleared and the new programme information is stored.

Searching for programme information stored on the memory bank number

You can start playback of the recorded programme after call the programme information from the four memory bank numbers.

Before you start...

• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.

Insert the cassette for which you want to use the memory bank number.

The VCR automatically turns on. Press SMART SEARCH.

The SMART SEARCH -RECALLscreen appears.

Press </, to select the memory bank

number for the inserted cassette.

The programme information contained in the selected memory bank number appears.

When you selected wrong memory bank number, eject the cassette and repeat steps from step 1.

Press OK.

The selected memory bank number appears on the SMART SEARCH screen.

Press M/m/</, to select the programme you want to start viewing.

Press OK.

The VCR starts searching, and playback starts automatically from the beginning of the selected programme.

Memory bank number

To stop searching

Press x STOP.

Additional Operations

Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)

To exit the SMART SEARCH screen

Press SMART SEARCH.

Recalling the most recent programme information

Programme information that is not saved in one of the memory bank numbers is erased when the cassette is ejected. The RECALL memory bank will temporarily memorize the programme information of the last tape used for recording in case that it is accidentally ejected.

If you re-insert the cassette in step 1 that you accidentally ejected and then select RECALL in step 3, the data for the last tape used to record programmes appears. Press OK and the latest information will appear on the SMART SEARCH screen. You can then add new information to this programme list. For an explanation about viewing programme information without using one of the memory banks, see page 73.

If you want to erase the latest information in the RECALL memory bank, press the SMART SEARCH button instead of the OK button in step 3 and then close the SMART SEARCH screen. The new information will replace all of the current information in the RECALL memory bank.

Note

• When you insert the cassette whose information does not exist on the memory bank number, you cannot search the recorded programme.

Deleting the programme information

You can delete the programme information stored in a memory number.

Before you start...

• Turn on your TV and the VCR.

• Set the TV to the video channel.

Press SMART SEARCH.

The SMART SEARCH -RECALLscreen appears.

Press </, to select the memory bank

number to delete.

The programme information on the selected memory bank number appears. Check the information that you want to delete.

SMART SEARCH -RECALL-

RECALL 1 2 3 4

DATE TIME PROG.

0 18: 00 19: 00

21: 30 23: 004.10

SELECT SET

::OK

SMART SEARCH -RECALL-

RECALL 1 2 3 4

DATE TIME PROG.

14: 00 15: 00

29. 9 20: 00 21: 00 AAB30. 9

6:30 7:00

1.10

SELECT SET

::OK

CLEAR

ERASE :

NO DATA

continued

PROG.

SMART SEARCHEXIT :

Additional Operations

Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)

Press CLEAR.

The programme information is deleted.

Press SMART SEARCH.

The SMART SEARCH screen disappears.

Note

• You cannot use or return the deleted in formation.

SMART SEARCH -RECALL-

RECALL 1 2 3 4

DATE TIME

SELECT SET

::OK

About the Demonstration Mode

The Smart Search Plus function has a Demonstration Mode that allows the user, such as a salesperson, to automatically display the Smart Search Plus screens.

To activate the Demonstration Mode

While the VCR is turned on, press and hold the both x (stop) and A (eject) buttons on the VCR four kinds of Smart Search Plus screens will be displayed repeatedly. If you operate the VCR, the Demonstration Mode temporarily stops. After about five minutes, the demonstration will restart.

for a few seconds. The demonstration will start and the

To cancel the Demonstration Mode

While the VCR is turned off, press and hold the both x (stop) and A (eject) buttons on the VCR Demonstration Mode if you turn the power off and unplug the mains lead.

CDE2.1

SMART SEARCHEXIT :

FGH IJK

SMART SEARCHEXIT :

for a few seconds. You can also cancel the

Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)

1-19

Storing, searching and deleting programme information (Smart Search Plus)

Searching using the index function

The VCR automatically marks the tape with an index signal at the point where each recording begins. Use these signals as references to find a specific recording.

Insert an indexed tape into the VCR.

Press ./> INDEX SEARCH.

• To search ahead, press > INDEX

SEARCH.

• To search backwards, press .

INDEX SEARCH.

The VCR starts searching, and playback starts automatically from that point.

To stop searching

Press x STOP.

Notes

• No index signal will be add ed when recording starts from recording pause. However, an index signal will be marked if you change the programme position during recording pause.

• When you press . INDEX SEARCH, if there is nothing recorded before the selected index signal, playback may not start exactly at the index signal.

INDEX SEARCH

Adjusting the picture

Adjusting the tracking

Although the VCR automatically adjusts the tracking when playing a tape (the indicator flashes in the display window, then turns off), distortion may occur if the recording is in poor condition. In this case, manually adjust the tracking.

During playback, press PROGRAM +/– on the VCR to display the tracking meter. The distortion should disappear as you press one of the two buttons (the indicator lights up). To resume automatic tracking adjustments, eject the tape and re-insert it.

About the Reality Regenerator (RR) function

The Reality Regenerator function automatically restores the picture to its original quality during playback.

To use the Reality Regenerator function

Press MENU, then select OPTIONS and press OK.

Press M/m to highlight OPTIONS-2, then press OK.

Press M/m to highlight RR, then press

OK.

Press M/m to set RR to NORMAL or HIGH, then press OK.

The RR indicator lights up in the display window. Press MENU to return to the original screen.

To turn it off, select OFF in step 4. The RR indicator turns off in the display window.

OPTIONS - 2

DECODER / LINE3 TIMER OPTIONS POWER SAVE TV DIRECT REC RR

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

TRACKING

Tracking meter

DECODER VARIABLE OFF

NORMAL HIGH OFF

Additional Operations

MENUEXIT :

Searching using the index function

About the Optimum Picture Control (OPC) function

The Optimum Picture Control (OPC) function automatically improves recording and playback quality by adjusting the VCR to the condition of the video heads and tape. To maintain better picture quality, we recommend that you set OPC to ON in the OPTIONS-1 menu (the OP C indicator lights up in the display window). For details, see page 84.

OPC playback

The OPC function automatically works on all types of tapes, including rental tapes and tapes that were not recorded with OPC.

OPC recording

Whenever you insert a tape and start recording for the first time, the VCR adjusts to the tape using the OPC function (the OPC indicator flashes rapidly). This adjustment is retained until the tape is ejected.

To deactivate the OPC function

Set OPC to OFF in the OPTIONS-1 menu. The OPC indicator in the display window turns off.

Tip

• To set tracking to the centre position, press the PROGRAM + and – buttons on the VCR at the same time.

Notes

• You can adjust the tracking for an NTSC-recorded tape but the tracking meter won’t be displayed.

• With the Auto Long Play function on, the OPC function will work only in SP mode. If the tape speed automatically switches from SP to LP, the OPC function turns off. If, however, the entire programme is recorded in LP mode, the OPC function will work.

• There is a delay of about ten seconds before the VCR actually starts recording while the VCR analyses the tape. To avoid the delay, first set the VCR to recording pause (the OPC indicator flashes slowly) and press zREC to have the VCR analyse the tape (the OPC indicator flashes rapidly) and return to recording pause. After the OPC indicator stops flashing, press XPAUSE to start recording immediately. If you want to start recording quickly without using the OPC function, first set the VCR to recording pause (the OPC indicator flashes slowly) and press XPAU SE again to start recording.

OPTIONS - 1

OPC EDIT AUDIO MIX HIFI AUDIO AUTO LONG PLAY TAPE LENGTH COLOUR SYSTEM

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

continued

Adjusting the picture

Reducing the VCR’s power consumption

ON OFF OFF NICAM OFF E180 AUTO

MENUEXIT :

You can turn off the indicators in the display window when the VCR is off (standby mode) to reduce the VCR’s power consumption.

Press MENU, then select OPTIONS and press OK.

Press M/m to highlight OPTIONS-2, then press OK.

Press M/m to select POWER SAVE, then

press OK.

Press M/m to highlight the option, then press OK.

For SLV-SE710N/K, SX710N/K, and SE810N/K:

• FULL to reduc e the power consumption to a minimum.

• PARTIAL to reduce the power consumption.

OPTIONS - 2

DECODER / LINE3 TIMER OPTIONS POWER SAVE TV DIRECT REC RR

RETURN

SELECT : CONFIRM :

DECODER FULL

PARTIAL OFF

MENUEXIT :

For SLV-SE610N/K:

• ON to reduce the power consumptio n to a minimum. Press MENU to return to the original screen.

To turn on the indicators in the display window

Set POWER SAVE to OFF in step 4.

Notes

• When the VCR stands by for recording, the indicators in the display window remain lit even when POWER SAVE is set to FULL, PARTIAL, or ON.

• If POWER SAVE is set to FULL*, you cannot watch or record programmes from your Canal Plus decoder, satellite, or digital tuner during standby mode (page 86).

* not available on SLV-SE610N/K

Additional Operations

Adjusting the picture

1-20

Reducing the VCR’s power consumption

Changing menu options

Press MENU, then select OPTIONS and

press OK.

Press M/m to highlight OPTIONS-1 or OPTIONS-2, then press OK.

Changing menu options

Press M/m to select the option, then press OK.

Press M/m to change the setting, then press OK.

Press MENU to return to the original screen.

Menu choices

Initial settings are indicated in bold print.

OPTIONS-1

Menu option Set this option to

OPC •ON to switch on the OPC (Optimum Picture Control)

EDIT • ON to minimize picture deterioration when editing.

AUDIO MIX

OPTIONS - 1

OPC EDIT AUDIO MIX HIFI AUDIO AUTO LONG PLAY TAPE LENGTH COLOUR SYSTEM

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

function and improve picture quality.

• OFF to switch off OPC.

OFF

•

• ON to listen to the hi-fi and normal audio tracks at the

same time. The AUDIO MONITOR button will not function.

OFF

•

separately. Select the sound using the AUDIO MONITOR button.

• If you pres s ZEJECT, AUDIO MIX will be reset to OFF. For details, see page 72.

OPTIONS

OPTIONS - 1 OPTIONS - 2

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

ON OFF OFF NICAM OFF E AUTO

180

OPTIONS - 2

DECODER / LINE3 TIMER OPTIONS POWER SAVE TV DIRECT REC RR

RETURN

SELECT : SET :

MENUEXIT :

to turn off EDIT.

to listen to the hi-fi and normal audio tracks

DECODER VARIABLE OFF ON NORMAL

Menu option Set this option to

NICAM

•

HIFI AUDIO*

AUTO LONG PLAY • ON t o change the timer recording tape speed

MENUEXIT :

TAP E L ENG TH •

COLOUR SYSTEM •

MENUEXIT :

to record NICAM broadcasts on the hi-fi audio

track.

• STANDARD to record standard sound on the hi-fi audio track.

For details, see page 70.

automatically to the LP mode when the remaining tape length becomes shorter than the recording time. Note that for AUTO LONG PLAY to work correctly, the TAPE LENGTH setting must be accurate.

OFF

•

to keep the set tape speed.

E180

to use an E-180 or shorter type tape.

• E195 to us e an E-195 type tape.

• E240 to us e an E-240 type tape.

• E300 to us e an E-300 type tape.

AUTO

to set the colour system automatically.

• PAL to play back a tape recorded in the PAL colour system.

• MESECAM to play ba ck a tape recorded in the MESECAM colour system.

If you press Z EJECT or turn the VCR off, COLOUR SYSTEM will be reset to AUTO.

Additional Operations

OPTIONS-2

Menu option Set this option to

DECODER

DECODER/

LINE2*

DECODER/

LINE3*

TIMER OPTIONS*

•

• LINE2 to use the DECODER/LINE-2 IN con nector as

•

• LINE3 to use the DECODER/LINE-3 IN con nector as

•

• STANDARD to display the TIMER menu when pressing

• SHOWVIEW to display the SHOWVIEW menu when

For details, see page 55 and 59.

to use the DECODER/LINE-2 IN

connector as the Canal Plus decoder conne ctor.

the line input connector.

DECODER

to use the DECODER/LINE-3 IN

connector as the Canal Plus decoder conne ctor.

the line input connector.

VARIABLE

to display the TIMER METHOD menu for

selecting STANDARD or SHOWVIEW when pressing

the TIMER button.

pressing the TIMER button.

continued

Changing menu options

Menu option Set this option to

POWER SAVE*

TV DIRECT REC*

Notes

• When the VCR stands by for recording, the indicators in the display window remain lit even when POWER SAVE is set to FULL, PARTIAL or ON.

• With the EDIT option ON, the OPC function does not work.

SLV-SE6 10N, SE710N, SX710N, an d SE810N only

SLV-SE7 10N/K and SX710N/K only

SLV-SE 810N/K only

not available on SLV-SE610N/K

SLV-SE 610N/K only

• FULL to turn off the indicators in the display window during standby mode to reduce the VC R’s power consumption to a minimum. For using the Line Through function (page 18) or the decoder (p age 39), select PAR TIA L o r O FF.

• PARTIAL to turn off the indicators in the display window to conserve the VCR’s power.

OFF

•

to turn on the indicators in the display window

while the VCR is stan ding by.

• ON to t urn off the indicators in the display wind ow during standby mode to reduce the VC R’s power consumption to a minimum.

OFF

•

to turn on the indicators in the display window

while the VCR is stan ding by.

•ON to activate the TV Direct Rec function.

• OFF to deactivate it.

NORMAL

•

• HIGH for well-used vid eo tapes such as rented tapes.

• OFF to switch off the Reality Regenerator function.

for normal everyday use.

Select this option when NORMAL does not improve the picture quality.

Editing

Connecting to a VCR or stereo system

How to connect to record on this VCR

Connect the line outputs of the other VCR to the LINE IN connector or jacks of this VCR. Refer to the examples A through C and choose the connection that best suits your VCR.

Example A

Other VCR (Player)

Scart (EURO-AV)

Example B

Your VCR (Recorder)

i LINE-1 (TV)

: Signal flow

Your VCR (Recorder)

tttt LINE-2 L o

o R

o o

(open cover to connect)

VMC-2121HG Scart cable (not supplied)

LINE OUT

Editing

Changing menu options

1-21

VMC-820HG audio/video cable (not supplied)

: Signal flow

Other VCR (Player)

Connecting to a VCR or stereo system

continued

Example C

Your VCR (Recorder)

: Signal flow

DECODER/ t LINE-3 IN* or DECODER/ t LINE-2 IN*

VMC-2121HG Scart cable (not supplied)

Other VCR (Player)

How to connect to a stereo system (SLV-SE810N/K only)

Connect the t LINE-2 L o R jacks on this VCR to the audio output jacks on the stereo system, using the RK-C510HG audio cable (not supplied).

Notes

• Make sure you conn ect the plugs to jacks of the same colour.*

• If the other VCR is a monaural ty pe, leave the red plugs unconnected.

• If you connect this VCR to both the LINE IN and LINE OUT jacks of the other

VCR, select the input correctly to prevent a humming noise.

• If the other VCR does not have a Scart (EURO-AV) connector, use the VMC2106HG cable instead and connect the cab le to the line out jac ks of the other VCR.

• When you connect another VCR to the DECODER/LINE-3 IN*

* *

LINE-2 IN*

) connector, set DECODER/LINE3*1 (or DECODER/LINE2*2) to

(or LINE2*2) in the OPTIONS-2 menu.

LINE3*

SLV-SE 810N/K only

SLV-SE7 10N/K and SX710N/K only

Scart (EURO-AV)

(or DECODER/

Basic editing

(when recording on this VCR)

Before you start editing

• Turn on your TV and set it to the video channel.

• Press INPUT SELECT to display the connected line in the display window.

• Press SP/LP to select the tape speed, SP or LP.

• On this VCR, set EDIT to ON in the

OPTIONS-1 menu. If the other VCR has a similar function, turn it on as well.

Insert a source tape with its safety tab removed into the other (playback)

VCR. Search for the point to start playback and set it to playback pause. Insert a tape with its safety tab in place into this (recording) VCR.

Search for the point to start recording and press X (pause). Press z REC on this VCR to set it to recording pause.

To start editing, press the X (pause) buttons on both VCRs at the same

time.

To stop editing

Press the x (stop) buttons on both VCRs.

Tip

• To cut out unwanted scenes while editing, press X (pause) on this VCR when an unwanted scene begins. When it ends, press X (pause) again to resume recording.

Note

• If you start editing following the procedure above, the VCR won’t start recording with the OPC function. To record a tape with the OPC function, press zREC again during recording pause in step 3 so the VCR analyses th e tape. Then, press

(pause) before

the OPC indicator stops flashing to start recording. If you press X

(pause) after

the OPC indicator stops flashing, the OPC function is cancelled.

REC

zzzz

Editing

Connecting to a VCR or stereo system

Audio dubbing

(SLV-SE810N/K only)

This feature lets you record over the normal audio track. The monaural sound previously recorded is replaced while the original hi-fi sound remains unchanged. Use this feature to add commentary to a tape that you have recorded with a camcorder.

Before you start...

• Open the t LINE-2 L o R jacks cover on the front panel and connect a playback source.

• Turn on the TV and set it to the video channel.

Insert a source tape into your stereo system (or the playback VCR).

Search for the point to start playback and set it to playback pause. Insert a prerecorded tape with its safety tab in place into this (recording)

VCR. Search for the start of the section to be replaced and press X (pause).

The VCR enters pause mode. Press AUDIO DUB.

The programme position changes to “L2,” and the indicator appears in the display window.

To start editing, press the X (pause) buttons on this VCR and the stereo

system (or other VCR) at the same time.

After you use this feature, the audio in playback mode is automatically set to monaural.

To stop editing

Press x (stop) on this VCR and the stereo system (or other VCR).

To listen to both the hi-fi and normal audio

Set AUDIO MIX to ON in the OPTIONS-1 menu (page 84). Use this feature to listen to dubbed audio over the original hi-fi audio. When AUDIO MIX is set to ON, the AUDIO MONITOR button does not function.

Remember to reset AUDIO MIX to OFF after playing the tape.

Note

• If you eject the tape or turn the VCR off, AUDIO MIX is automatically set to OFF.

AUDIO DUB

tttt LINE-2 L oooo R

Basic editing

Audio dubbing (SLV-SE810N/K only)

1-22 E

1-22

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

2 Connector (CN501)

(SE810/SX810/X9)

1 Flat cable (FDS-9/10)

(CN461)

5 Two claws

3 Two claws

4 Two claws

6 Front panel section

SECTION 2

DISASSEMBLY

Note: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. UPPER CASE REMOV AL 2-3. POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK) REMO VAL

1 Two screws

(Case3 TP2)

3 Upper case

2 Two screws

(Case3 TP2)

1 Connector

(CN202)

2 Connector

(CN201)

4 Claw

3 Three screws

(B3)

5 Power block

(SRV938EK)

2-2. REAR PANEL REMOVAL

5 Two claws

6 Two claws

(SE610: A, G, K, N)

8 Rear panel

7 Two claws

2 Harness

(EXCEPT SE610: A, G, K, N)

2-4. FRONT PANEL SECTION REMOVAL

4 Two claws

(EXCEPT SE610)

1 Power cord

(CN101)

3 Two claws

2-1

2-5. MECHANISM DECK REMOVAL

3 Flat cable

(FFM-001)

4 Flat cable (FAC-8)

(ACE head)

8 Screw

7 Screw

(BVTP3 × 12)

2 Flexible board

1 Connector

(FE head)

(BVTP3 × 12)

6 Claw

5 Screw

(B3)

Note: When mounting the mechanism deck,

first align mark on the rotary switch.

2-6. MA-400 BOARD REMOVAL

0 Mechanism

deck

9 Screw

(BVTP3 × 12)

3 Four screws

4 MA-400 board

(B3)

2 Connector (CN201)

1 Connector

(CN202)

2-2

2-7. INTERNAL VIEWS

Drum assembly (M901) (DZH-0B5A-R) 1-772-364-11 (EXCEPT SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B) Drum assembly (M901) (DZH-0B6A-R) 1-772-365-11 (SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

FE head 1-500-471-11

Q100 Tape top sensor 8-729-043-84

Q101 Tape end sensor 8-729-043-84

D100 Tape top/end LED 8-719-048-26

Drum assembly (M901) (DZH-0B5A-R) 1-772-364-11 (EXCEPT SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B) Drum assembly (M901) (DZH-0B6A-R) 1-772-365-11 (SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

M902 Capstan motor 1-698-971-11

M903 Cam motor assembly X-3947-577-1

2-3

2-8. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

MA-400

VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O, SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,

(

TUNER, MODE CONTROL

JK-201 (SE810/SX810/X9) (FRONT IN)

)

POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK) (POWER SUPPLY)

DS-95 (MODE CONTROL)

2-4

2-4 E

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

SECTION 3

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

VIDEO

HEAD

CH1

CH2

CH1

CH2

Hi-Fi

AUDIO HEAD

CH1

CH2

EXCEPT SE610: A, G, K, N

SE810/SX810/X9

MONO AUDIO

HEAD

AUDIO ERASE

HEAD

FULL

ERASE

HEAD

MA-400 BOARD

V IN

EXCEPT SE610: A, G, K, N

SE810/SX810/X9

JK-201 BOARD (1/2)

(SEE PAGE 4-27)

FRONT VIDEO

SE610B/SE710B/SX710B/SE810B/

IC970

SECAM

PROCESSOR

A (L)

A (R)

A (L)

A (R)

JK-201 BOARD (2/2)

(SEE PAGE 4-27)

FR (L)

FR (R)

IC351

HEAD

SWITCH

JS350

EXCEPT SE810/SX810/X9

T390, Q392

FULL

ERASE

OSC

SE810/SX810/X9

(SEE PAGE 4-9 to 4-26)

IC201

(1/2)

Y/C

PROCESSOR

X9B

T350, Q351

BIAS

ERASE

OSC

TU VIDEO

Q VD, C ROT IIC DATA IIC CLK

RF SWP RF ENV

IC301

Hi-Fi

AUDIO

PROCESSOR

NORMAL IN

IC201

(2/2)

NORMAL

AUDIO

PROCESSOR

EXCEPT SE610

IIC DATA IIC CLK

L1 (L) L1 (R)

E2 L E2 R

TU L TU R

TU M

NORMAL OUT

(1/2)

IC162

OSD

IC850

VPS/ PDC

IIC DATA IIC CLK

AF ENV

MOD A AF SWP, AF REC P

L OUT

R OUT

V OUT

AV LINK

AV CONT

V OUT

Q501, 502

CONT

EXCEPT SE610

FILTER

A (L) OUT

A (R) OUT

A (L) OUT

A (R) OUT

SRV938EK BOARD

(SEE PAGE 4-33)

EXCEPT SE610

EXCEPT SE610: A, G, K, N

Q800 – Q804

LINK

X9 : B, D, E, G

AERIAL

Q871 – Q873

OUT

MOD V

MOD A

TU VIDEO

SWITCHING

REG

SAT

CIRCUIT

TU702/703

TU M

TU R

TU L

IIC CLK

IIC DATA

SAT CONT

TU SW2

TU SW1

NICAM DATA,

NICAM CLK

AFT

AV CONT

AV LINK I/O

Q VD, C ROT

IIC DATA

IIC CLK

RF SWP

RF ENV

SECAM DET

SECAM ON

AF ENV

AF SWP, AF REC P

IC161

EEPROM

IC160

POWER

FAIL DET

RESET

PULSE GEN

FULL ERS

+38V

+13V

SW+5V

D+6V

MTR+12V

–F

–11V

IC162

SERVO/SYSTEM

CONTROL

(2/2)

D VS

D PG

D FG

CAP VS, CAP RVS

CAP FG

CTL IN+, CTL IN–

CAM

MODE1 – 4

T REEL FG

S REEL FG

T SENS

S SENS

T/S LED

REMOCON

FLD DATA, FLD CLOCK, FLD CS

REC PRF

FUNC KEY 1

FUNC KEY 2

DMS +/–

KKP +/–

PH100 T REEL

PH101

S REEL

Q101

T SENS

Q100

S SENS

Q102

LED

DRIVE

(REC PROOF)

S101

IC130

CAM

MOTOR

DRIVE

S100

CAM

ENCODER

SW12V

FUNCTION

CAM+/ –

(T/S LED)

KEY

D100

M901

DRUM MOTOR

DRUM

M902

CAPSTAN MOTOR

CAPSTAN

IC460

REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER

IC420

DRIVER

DS-95 BOARD

(SEE PAGE 4-27)

FUNCTION

KEY

S410

DIAL TIMER

CTL

HEAD

M903

CAM

MOTOR

SE810/SX810/X9

ND420

FLUORESCENT

INDICATOR

TUBE

SE810/SX810/X9

DUAL MODE

SHUTTLE

3-1 3-2

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

3-2. VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM

CN500/CN570

EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N

CN570

DECODER/LINE 3 IN

: SE810/SX810/X9

DECODER/LINE 2 IN

SE610 : B, E /SE710/SX710/SX717

CH1

CH2

CH1

CH2

IC201 og REC

3.8 Vp-p (H)

IC201 is REC/PB

REC: 500 mVp-p (H) PB: 380 mVp-p (H)

LINE 1

(TV)

J481(1/2)

LINE 2

VIDEO

SE810/SX810/X9

VIDEO

HEAD

CHECK

MA-400 BOARD (1/5)

(SEE PAGE 4-9, 11, 15, 19)

Q501, 502

CONT

FRONT VIDEO

Q800-804

LINK

Q540

AV CONT

AV LINK

V IN

C + DET

V IN

CN500 (1/4) : SE610: A, G, K, N CN570 (1/4) : EXCEPT SE610: A, G, K, N

JK-201 BOARD (1/2)

(SEE PAGE 4-27)

CN260 (1/2)

CN262

PB RF

RF SWP

ADJ SW

CTL

Q140

SE810/SX810/X9

AV CONT

TO AV LINK

FROM AV LINK

I CONT

C + DET

(SEE PAGE 3-10)

EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N/ SE710 : G, I/SE810G/ X9G

CN480

(1/2)

COMP

CONT

REC

AGC

IC201 iz REC/PB

REC: 500 mVp-p (H) PB: 380 mVp-p (H)

CN501

(1/2)

AGC DET

TUNER

EXCEPT SE610

SERVO/SYSTEM

(SEE PAGE 3-6)

ENV DET

ATT

CONTROL

TUNER VIDEO

IC201 ts REC/PB

1 Vp-p (H)

HA SWP

ENV DET

74 84 68

CLP

C SYNC

IC201 us REC/PB

5 Vp-p (2 V)

IC201 (1/2)

VIDEO INPUT SELECT

Y/C PROCESSOR

CCD DELAY

AGCPBEQ

SYNC

LPF

IC201 yk REC/PB

4.5 Vp-p (H)

6dB AMP

SEP

58 59

AGC AMP

KIL

RECEQFM

VIDEO

AGC

MAIN

BACK UP

COMV.

AMP

SUB

COMV.

BUF

DOUBLE

DEM

LIM

IC201 wa REC

420 mVp-p (H)

MOD

RF SWP

COMP

OUT

72 73

MIX

CONT

MAIN

EMPH.

Y/C

PIC

IC201 yg PB

2.1 Vp-p (H)

SERVO/SYSTEM

CONTROL

(SEE PAGE 3-6)

IC201 wg PB

FBC 1/2

BPF2

SUB

LPF

N.L.

EMPH.

C ROT

IIC DATA

460 mVp-p (H)

CHABA

INS

BPF1

DETAIL

ENH

IC201 yg REC

2 Vp-p (H)

IIC CLK

Q VD

6dB AMP

KIL

NAP BPF

B.D

LPF

IC201 uh REC

560 mVp-p (H)

C ROT RF ENV COMP OUT

HA SWP RF SWP CTL CHECK ADJ SW

YNR

BGA-B

BGA-A

REC BGA

70 6967

SERIAL

DECODER

SERVO/SYSTEM

CONTROL

(SEE PAGE 3-6)

MODE CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-11)

INV

LPF

IC201 uh PB

620 mVp-p (H)

IC201 rg REC/PB

REC: 360 mVp-p (H) PB: 450 mVp-p (H)

1H/2H

DL EQ

REC APC

IC201 ud PB

1.7 Vp-p (2 V)

CN500 (2/4) : SE610 : A, G, K, N

Q510

BUFFER

Q850

BUFFER

CVBS

SDA

SCL

IC850

EXCEPT SE610

1H DL

CLP

PB-H

AMP

VXO2

CLP

X200

4.433619MHz

VPS/PDC

Q661

BUFFER

OSD V IN

C V IN

Q975, 976

SWITCH

26 27 1721 16 15

SYNC GATE GEN/

V-SEP

MODE

CTL

Q201

MOD V

(SEE PAGE 3-9)

EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N/ SE710 : G, I/ SE810G/ X9G

Q541

BUFFER

OSD V

OUT

IC162 (1/3)

OSD

Q973

BUFFER

BGP GEN

AFC

4.43MHz VCO

Q972

TUNER

Q660

BUFFER

SECAM

DET

TO MUTE TO SYNC GATE

TO PB AGC TO REC KILLER

TO MUTE

CONTROL

LOGIC

FILTER ADJ

SW 5V

480 mVp-p (4.433619 MHz)

SECAM ON

SECAM DET

CN570 (2/4) : EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N

V OUT

CN500/CN570

LINE 1

(TV)

DECODER/LINE 3 IN

V OUT

DECODER/LINE 2 IN

IC162 th, ya, yf REC/PB

IC970

SECAM PROCESSOR

4.43MHz VCO

ADJ

1.1MHz OSC

IC201 wj REC/PB

Q974

BUFFER

SERVO/SYSTEM

CONTROL

(SEE PAGE 3-6)

EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N

CN570

2.1 Vp-p (H)

Q970

4.43MHz BELL FLTER

REC

2.2MHz

BPF

: SE810/SX810/X9

: SE610 : B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717

1.1MHz BPF

REC

Q977

4.43MHz BPF-B

REC

MUTE

4.43MHz BPF-A

MUTE

REC

AGC AMP

131198

REC/

REC

SYNC GATE

LIM

SYNC

1/4

GATE

AGC DET

SE610B/SE710B/SX710B SE810B/X9B

3-3 3-4

3-3. SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

HALL

DEVICE

M901

DRUM MOTOR

SW5V

HALL

DEVICE

M902

CAPSTAN

MOTOR

OUTPUT

MATRIX

U+ UV+ VW+ W-

CAPSTAN

VCC

MA-400 BOARD (2/5)

MTR12V

CN101

CTL

HEAD

CN102

CN350 (1/2)

D110

D VS

D PG

D FG

CAP VCC SW5V

PS120

LIMITER

CAP VS

CAP RVS

CAP FG

(SEE PAGE 4-15)

DRUM ERR

DRUM PG

107

DRUM FG

106

CAP ERR

CAP RVS

CAP FG

104

CTL IN +

112

CTL IN –

111

IC162 ul REC/PB

5.4 Vp-p (56 kHz)

IC162 <z/m REC/PB

4.8 Vp-p (2 V)

IC162 <z/n REC/PB

4.2 Vp-p (360 Hz)

IC162 i; REC/PB

5.4 Vp-p (56 kHz)

IC162 <z/v REC/PB

4.6 Vp-p (1 kHz)

IC162 <zzx REC

5 Vp-p (2 V)

IC162

SERVO/SYSTEM

(2/3)

CONTROL

2.7 Vp-p (17.734475 MHz)

1.8 Vp-p (32.768 kHz)

IC162 ea REC/PB

IC162 ef REC/PB

RESET

P FAIL

IIC DATA (EEP)

IIC CLK (EEP)

17.734475MHz IN

17.734475MHz OUT

32kHz IN

32kHz OUT

NICAM DATA

NICAM CLK

TU SW1

TU SW2

TU AFT

45 44

98 97

IC160

RESET

PULSE

GEN.

POWER

FAIL

DET.

X161

17.734475MHz

X160

32.768kHz

NICAM DATA NICAM CLK

SW1

SW2

TU AFT

SDA SCL

EEPROM

5 6

IC161

DATA

CLK

TUNER

(SEE PAGE 3-9)

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

CN161

RESET

DATA

CHECK

CLOCK

M903

CAM

MOTOR

CN104

S100

(CAM ENCODER)

MODE

SWITCH

MECHA

POSITION

IC162 <zzz REC

5 Vp-p (2 V)

MODE1 MODE2 MODE3 MODE4

D100

(T/S LED)

IC130 CAM

MOTOR DRIVE

CAM-

CAM+

IN2

D5V

SW12V

PH100

T REEL

PH101

S REEL

Q101

T SENS

Q100

S SENS

Q102

LED

DRIVE

S101

(REC PROOF)

42 41 40 39

T REEL

S REEL

T SENS

S SENS

END LED

REC PRF

CAM

MODE1 MODE2 MODE3 MODE4

SDA (VI/HF/TU/ARC/MOD/VPS)

SCL (VI/HF/TU/ARC/MOD/VPS)

IC162 wa, wf REC/PB

5.3 Vp-p (2 V)

CTL AMP OUT

AV CONT

TO AV LINK

FROM AV LINK

I CONT

AV CONT IN/C+DET

Q VD

RF ENV

ENV S HA SWP RF SWP

SECAM DET

SECAM ON

A MUTE

AF ENV

AF SWP

AF REC P

FULL ERS

X9 : B, D, E, G

Q871 – Q873

81SAT CONT

114

27 83 76

38 71

100

99 19 21 C ROTC ROT

11 23 22 24

103

74 12 25 28 29

CTL CHECK AV CONT TO AV LINK FROM AV LINK

I CONT C+ DET

IIC DATA IIC CLK Q VD

RF ENV COMP OUT HA SWP RF SWP SECAM DET SECAM ON

IIC DATA IIC CLK

A MUTE AF ENV AF SWP AF REC P FULL ERS

SAT

CIRCUIT

VIDEO

(SEE PAGE 3-3, 4)

AUDIO

(SEE PAGE 3-8)

D5V

J871

STB Control

(mini jack)

3-5 3-6

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

3-4. AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM

AUDIO

HEAD

CH1

CH2

AUDIO

REC/PB

HEAD

AUDIO ERASE

HEAD

FULL

ERASE

HEAD

SE810/SX810/X9

J481(2/2)

LINE 2 IN

AUDIO

CN260 (2/2)

CN262

CHECK

CN350 (2/2)

EXCEPT SE810/ SX810/X9

CN351

JK-201 BOARD (2/2)

(SEE PAGE 4-27)

MA-400 BOARD (3/5)

HF ADJ

FA (L)

FA (R)

CN570

DECODER/LINE 3 IN

: SE810/SX810/X9

DECODER/LINE 2 IN

: SE610 : B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717

EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N

(SEE PAGE 4-9, 17, 19)

IC351

HEAD

SWITCH

2 4

BIAS

ERASE

OSC

JS350

T390, Q392

FULL

ERASE

JS351

OSC

SE810/SX810/X9

CN480

(2/2)

CN500/CN570

T350,

Q351

LINE 1

(TV)

TUNER

(SEE PAGE 3-10)

Q390, 391

PS390

CN501

(2/2)

A (L)

A (R)

A (L)

A (R)

CN500 (3/4) : SE610 : A, G, K, N CN570 (3/4) : EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N

MOD A

IC301

Hi-Fi AUDIO

PROCESSOR

MUTE

OUTPUT

SEL

BRF

VCO

PNR

MUTE

Q590

MUTE

Q591

MUTE

TUNER

(SEE PAGE 3-9)

C+12V

TUNER L

TUNER R

TUNER M

Q352

BIAS

SWITCH

AF SWP

LEVEL

DET

SCL

44 43 42 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1

INPUT SEL

SDA

NORMAL IN

NORMAL OUT

Q592

MUTE

SW1

AUTO

BIAS

REC : EP/LP

PB : EP

LP/SP

HD-SW CTL

CONTROL

18 19

17 16

12 11

REC

PB/EE

NORMAL AUDIO

IIC DATA IIC CLK

AF ENV

AF SWP

AF REC P FULL ERS

LINE AMP

VREF

REC

IC201

PROCESSOR

SERVO/SYSTEM

(SEE PAGE 3-6)

A MUTE

(2/2)

CONTROL

MUTE

SERVO/SYSTEM

CONTROL

(SEE PAGE 3-6)

EXCEPT SE610

J500

AUDIO

OUT

CN500 (4/4) : SE610 : A, G, K, N

CN570 (4/4) : EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N

CN500/CN570

LINE 1

(TV)

CN570

DECODER/LINE 3 IN

: SE810/SX810/X9

DECODER/LINE 2 IN

SE610 : B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717

EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, K, N

3-7 3-8

3-5. TUNER BLOCK DIAGRAM

MA-400 BOARD (4/5)

(SEE PAGE 4-21)

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

VIDEO

(SEE PAGE 3-4)

AUDIO

(SEE PAGE 3-8)

SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL

(SEE PAGE 3-6)

MOD V

MOD A

SDA SCL

NICAM DAT

NICAM CLK

SW1

SW2

TU AFT

AERIAL

OUT

MOD V

MOD A

EXCEPT SE610G/SE710G/SE810G/X9G

R733

R731

SDA

TU702

M OUT

R OUT

L OUT

SCL

5326

SDA

SCL

SW1

SW2

AFT

SDA

SCL

29282320191112

V OUT

TUNER VIDEO

TUNER L

TUNER R

TUNER M

VIDEO

(SEE PAGE 3-3)

AUDIO

(SEE PAGE 3-7)

362 5 191112 20 23

SCL

SDA

TU703

SCL

SW1

MOD A

AERIAL

OUT

SE610 : E, N/SE710 : E, N, I/SE810 : E, N/SX710 : E, N/SX717E/X9E

MOD V

SDA

SW2

AFT

SCL

SDA

M OUT

R OUT

L OUT

V OUT

3-9 3-10

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

3-6. MODE CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

MA-400 BOARD (5/5)

(SEE PAGE 4-15, 23)

IC162

MODE CONTROL

(3/3)

FLD DATA

FLD CLOCK

FLD CS

88 86 90

REMOTE CONTROL

IC460

RECEIVER

IC420

FL DRIVER

S16

•

S17

•

D IN

CLK

ND420

FLUORESCENT

INDICATOR

TUBE

DS-95 BOARD

(SEE PAGE 4-27)

SE810/SX810/X9

REMOCON

JOG LED CONT

DMS+ DMS–

FU KEY2

KKP– KKP+

FU KEY1

77 1

65 66 13

EXCEPT SE610

18 17 14

OUT

S478

SYNCHRO

REC

S460

S477

AUTO SET UP/

RF CHANNEL

S464

AUDIO

DUB

SE810/SX810/X9

ADJ SW

S476

PROGRAM

VIDEO

(SEE PAGE 3-4)

–

S463

PROGRAM

CN460

CN461

6 5 7 8

1 2 9

4 3

2 1

JOG LED CONT

DMS+ DMS–

A/D2 GO

A/D2 RTN

KKP– KKP+

A/D1 RTN

A/D1 GO

A/D1 RTN

A/D2 RTN

A/D2 GO

11 10

6 7 5 4

3 2

2 3

4 5

CN451

CN453

Q450

LED

DRIVE

S457

S452

STOP

EXCEPT SE810/SX810/X9

S453 PLAY

S450

REC

D5V

SE810/SX810/X9

S451

S454

JOG

D450

JOG

S455

S456

CN450

1 2 4 5

KKP– KKP+

KKP SW

DMS1 DMS2

STOP PLAY

SE810/SX810/X9

DIAL TIMER

PUSH/TURN

DUAL MODE

S410

PLAY

STOP

SHUTTLE

3-11 3-12

3-7. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

AC IN

SRV938EK BOARD

(SEE PAGE 4-33)

CN101

F101

L101-103

LINE

FILTER

D101-104

RECT

Q151

SWITCHING

REG

T151

POWER TRANS

PC151

PHOTO

INTERRUPTER

D251

D301

D252

D253

D254

Q301, 302, 307

SWITCH

Q303-306

SWITCH

L201

L202

D307

D302

PS201

PS202

Q206

SWITCH

Q201, 204

SWITCH

Q205

SW 5V

REG

Q203

SWITCH

D304

CN201

CAPSTAN VCC

P CONT M24V

P CONT M18V

P CONT M12V

+13V

SW+12V

D+6V

SW+5V

OSD VCC

MTR+12V

MA-400 BOARD

(SEE PAGE 4-9 to 4-26)

CN600

Q612, 613

SWITCH

EXCEPT SE610 : A, G, N, K

Q607, 608

PS602

C+5V

SWITCH

D603

IC601

C+12V REG

13V 12V

1 2

CONT

SW5V CONT

IC351

HEAD SWITCH

VCC

Q720, 721

SWITCH

JS603

C+12V

SW5V CONT

SE610 : A, G, N, K

L204 L201 L202 L351 L203 L281

30V

7 16 1 14 25 26

L750

D750

VIDEO INPUT SELECT

NORMAL AUDIO PROCESSOR

JS301

L301

TU702/TU703

TU703

BB (5V)5V5V

Q751, 752

SWITCH

L701

IC201

Y/C PROCESSOR

CCD DELAY

Y VCC

C VCC

CCD VCC

A VCC

ALWAYS 5V

H.A VCC

IC301

Hi-Fi AUDIO PROCESSOR

VCC 12V

VCC 5V

L751

MB (5V)

D607

D606

L160

L161

SW5V

SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B

L975

L662

L140

IC160

RESET

VCC2

PULSE

GEN.

POWER

VCC1

FAIL DET.

VCC

EEPROM

IC850

VPS/PDC

VDD D

VDD A

SECAM PROCESSOR

16 91 75 82

116

115

IC161

EXCEPT SE610

IC970

VCC

IC162

SERVO/SYSTEM

CONTROL

MODE CONT SW5V CONT MTR12V CONT –11V CONT

OSD VCC

VCC AVCC

AMP VCC

18V CONT 24V CONT

C+/SW12V CONT (C+5V CONT)

CN460 D5V

D5V

–11V

DS-95 BOARD

(SEE PAGE 4-35)

SE810/SX810/X9

CN451

D450

JOG

IC460

REMOTE CONTROL

RECEIVER

VCC

L460

IC420

FL DRIVER

VDD

VEE

ND420

FLUORESCENT

INDICATOR TUBE

F+

F–

D100

(T/S LED)

CN202

Q207, 210, 211

PS251

SWITCH

–11V CONT

38V

–11V

–F

CN601

PH100,101

T/S

REEL

MOTOR DRIVE

8 9

PS120

IC130

CAM

VCC1 VCC2

D110

CN102

SW 5V

CAPSTAN VCC

CN101

MTR 12V

M902

CAPSTAN

MOTOR

M901

DRUM

MOTOR

3-13 3-14 E

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. (In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block.)

For printed wiring board:

• X : indicates a lead wire mounted on the component side.

• x : indicates a lead wire mounted on the printed side.

• b : Pattern from the side which enables seeing.

(The other layers’ patterns are not indicated.)

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

SECTION 4

For schematic Diagram:

• Caution when replacing chip parts. New parts must be attached after removal of chip. Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, because it is damaged by the heat.

• All resistors are in ohms, less otherwise specified. kΩ : 1000 Ω, MW : 1000 kΩ.

• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF 50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums.

• All variable and adjustable resistors hav e characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted.

• 2 : nonflammable resistor.

• 5 : fusible resistor.

• C : panel designation.

• f : internal component.

• C : adjustment for repair.

• U : B+ Line.

• V : B– Line.

• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.

• Voltages are dc between measurement point.

• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input.

• Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10 MW).

• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances.

W (Chip resistors : 1/

W) un-

Note:The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line

with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name.

4-1

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

AC IN

SE810/SX810/X9

JK-201 BOARD

CN480

POWER

BLOCK

(SRV938EK)

FRONT VIDEO IN

AN GND

FRONT AU(L) IN

AU GND

FRONT AU(R) IN

CN600

19P

CN101

1AC IN

2AC IN

FR-82

AN GND

OSD VCC

CAPSTAN VCC

MTR 12V

MTR GND

P CONT M24V T

P CONT M18V T

P CONT M12V

13V

SW12V T

D6V

SW5V

AN GND

1 -11V CONT

2 38V

3 -11V

4+F

5 D GND

6-F

7 D GND

FRONT VIDEO IN

AN GND

FRONT AU(L) IN

AU GND

FRONT AU(R) IN

CN501

CN600

CN601

19P

CN260

11P

LP CH2 F

LP CH1,2 S

LP CH1 F

SP CH2 F

SP CH1,2 S

SP CH1 F

CN350

CN351

CN101

GND(SW)

AUDIO CH1 H

AUDIO REC

AUDIO CH2 L

CTL(X)

CTL(Y)

GND(AU)

A HEAD PB

A HEAD REC

GND(AU)

A ERASE HEAD

FE HEAD

N.C.

GND(AU)

MTR 12V

D VS

D PG

D FG

MTR GND

MA-400 BOARD

CHECK

RESET

CLOCK

DATA

D GND

ADJ SW

HF ADJ

GND

RF SWP

PB RF

CTL

CN161

CN262

FAC-9

FE-124

FFM-001

LP CH2 F

LP CH1,2 S

LP CH1 F

SP CH2 F

SP CH1,2 S

SP CH1 F

GND(SW)

AUDIO CH1 H

AUDIO REC

AUDIO CH2 L

CTL(X)

CTL(Y)

GND(AU)

A HEAD(X)

A HEAD(Y)

GND(AU)

A ERASE HEAD

FULL ERASE(X)

FULL ERASE(Y)

MTR 12V

MTR GND

D VS

D PG

D FG

11876

DRUM

CTL HEAD

AUDIO

REC/PB

HEAD

AUDIO ERASE

HEAD

FULL

ERASE

HEAD

M901

DRUM

MOTOR

LP CH2

LP CH1

SP CH2

SP CH1

AUDIO CH1

AUDIO CH2

SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717

CN453

A/D2 GO

A/D2 RTN

A/D1 RTN

DS-95 BOARD

SE810/SX810/X9

PLAY

STOP

DUAL MODE SHUTTLE

PLAY

STOP

COM

DMS 2

DMS 1

CN450

CN451

11P

11 KKP-

10 KKP+

9 JOG LED CONT

8 D5V

7 DMS-

6 DMS+

5 A/D2 GO

4 A/D2 RTN

3 A/D1 RTN

2 A/D1 GO

1 DGND

A/D1 GO

D GND

SE810/SX810/X9

FDS-8

A/D2 GO

A/D2 RTN

A/D1 RTN

A/D1 GO

FDS-7

D GND

CN461

CN460

1KKP-

2KKP+

3JOG LED CONT

4D5V

5DMS-

6DMS+

7A/D2 GO

8A/D2 RTN

9A/D1 RTN

10A/D1 GO

11DGND

11P

CN104

CN102

SW 5V

CAP RVS

CAP FG

CTL-REF

CAP VS

LIMITTER

CAPSTAN VCC

MTR GND

AN GND

CAM(-)

N.C.

CAM(+)

M903

CAM

MOTOR

M902

CAPSTAN

MOTOR

FRAME

4-3 4-4

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

MA-400 (VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O, SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL, TUNER, MODE CONTROL) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –

There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.

SE610 : A, G, K, N

SE810/SX810/X9

EXCEPT SE610 : B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717

4-5

VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O, SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL, TUNER, MODE CONTROL

MA-400

4-6

MA-400 BOARD CN101 B-3

CN102 E-2 CN104 H-4 CN161 I-11 CN260 B-9 CN262 A-5 CN350 A-6 CN461 J-1 CN460 I-1 CN500 A-11 CN501 J-12 CN570 B-11 CN600 G-1 CN601 I-1

D100 F-6 D110 C-2 D424 I-13 D500 B-10 D501 B-12 D502 A-11 D503 A-11 D504 A-12 D570 B-11 D571 A-12 D572 A-11 D573 A-5 D590 D-9 D603 C-2 D606 I-2 D607 I-11 D702 C-13 D720 D-12 D721 D-12 D750 I-13 D800 G-6 D871 A-3 D872 A-2 D873 A-2

IC130 H-4 IC160 H-11 IC161 I-12 IC162 H-9 IC201 C-7 IC301 C-9 IC351 A-7 IC420 I-6 IC460 J-4 IC601 I-12 IC850 G-13 IC970 C-4

Q100 F-10 Q101 F-1 Q102 F-5 Q140 H-7 Q201 C-6 Q202 D-7 Q351 B-7 Q352 B-7 Q390 E-10 Q391 E-10 Q392 E-10 Q501 C-11 Q502 D-11 Q510 C-11 Q540 C-11 Q541 D-11 Q590 D-10 Q591 D-10 Q592 D-10 Q607 C-2 Q608 C-2 Q612 J-12 Q613 I-12 Q660 F-8 Q661 F-9 Q720 D-12 Q721 C-12 Q751 C-12 Q752 B-12 Q800 G-6 Q801 G-6 Q802 G-6 Q803 G-6 Q804 G-6 Q850 H-12 Q871 A-2 Q872 B-2 Q873 A-2 Q970 D-4 Q972 D-4 Q973 D-4 Q974 D-4 Q975 D-3 Q976 D-4 Q977 D-4

MA-400

VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O, SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,

(

TUNER, MODE CONTROL

JK-201 (SE810/SX810/X9) (FRONT IN)

4-74-7

)

POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK) (POWER SUPPLY)

DS-95 (MODE CONTROL)

• Wavef orms

1 IC201 og REC

3.8 Vp-p (H)

2 IC201 wa REC

420 mVp-p (H)

3 IC201 wg PB

6 IC201 ts REC/PB

1 Vp-p (H)

7 IC201 yg REC

2 Vp-p (H)

8 IC201 yg PB

qa IC201 ud PB

1.7 Vp-p (2 V)

qs IC201 uh REC

560 mVp-p (H)

qd IC201 uh PB

460 mVp-p (H)

4 IC201 wj REC/PB

480 mVp-p (4.433619 MHz)

5 IC201 rg REC/PB

REC : 360 mVp-p (H) PB : 450 mVp-p (H)

2.1 Vp-p (H)

9 IC201 yk REC/PB

4.5 Vp-p (H)

0 IC201 us REC/PB

5 Vp-p (2 V)

620 mVp-p (H)

qf IC201 ia REC/PB

REC : 500 mVp-p (H) PB : 380 mVp-p (H)

qg IC201 is REC/PB

REC : 500 mVp-p (H) PB : 380 mVp-p (H)

4-8

MA-400 (VIDEO, AUDIO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.

– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R:REC MODE P:PB MODE

CHECK

LP CH2

LP CH1

SP CH2

SP CH1

AUDIO CH1

AUDIO CH2

FULL

ERASE

HEAD

CN351

CN350

C391

0.01u

AERASE HEAD

A HEAD REC

T390

R390

27k

AUDIO ERASE

HEAD

AUDIO REC/PB

HEAD

CTL

HEAD

P0.3

R-0.3/

R391

SE810/SX810/X9

GND (AU)

FE HEAD

GND (AU)

A HEAD PB

GND (AU)

CTL(Y)

CTL(X)

C392

1500p

CN260

C390

0.047u

123

R11.5/P0

Q392

2SC4040-

TL2-Q

FULL ERASE

R0.4/

P0.3

OSC

6PCN262

11P

LP CH1,2 S 2

SP CH1,2 S 5

AUDIO CH1 H 9

AUDIO REC 10

AUDIO CH2 L 11

JL362

JL351

JL352

JL353

JL354

JL355

LP CH2 F 1

LP CH1 F 3

SP CH2 F 4

SP CH1 F 6

GND(SW) 7

FE 8

SE810/SX810/X9

JS351

R11.8/

P0.3

L390

1.2mH

C393 100u

16V

C394 100p

1PB RF

2RF SWP

3GND

4HF ADJ

JL216

5ADJ SW

JL217

6CTL

JL281

JL282

JL283

JL284

JL285

JL286

EXCEPT SE810/SX810/X9

JS350

JS398

Q390

UN2115-QRS(TX)

SWITCH

10k

R392

Q391

PDTC144EK-115

SWITCH

11.9

R0.1/

P11.9

PS390

0.25A

JL209

C227

10u 50V

C228

1.3

JL208

2.3

AGC TC2

VPS OUT

VIDEO IN5

R2.1/P0

SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/ SX710B/X9B

SLD FILT

C-VCC

PB SECAM IN

5.1

R0.3/P3.4

3.3

C204

R239

50V

JL202

R201

1800

L201

10uH

C206

47u 16V

B+

1324

C245

0.033u

1u 10V

L255

1.5

0.1u

C205

47nH

D[2]

C244

R233

FBC

ACC DET

C202

4.433619MHz

C209

0.022u

0.1u

1.8

0.047u

D[3]

47p

0.1u

C243

C251

R232

47nHL254

16V

C226

0.47u

1.8

2.2

AGC TC1

VIDEO IN4 DECODER

AGC2 TC2/BALANCER FILT

X IN

X OUT

2.1

2.8

JL215

X200

8200

R204

SIGNAL PATH

REC

Ref.signal

47p

SE810/SX810/X9

C250

47nH

L253

515253545556575859606162636465666768697071727374757677787980

VIDEO IN3 LINE2

ALWAYS 5V

VIDEO IN2 LINE1

VIDEO IN1 TUNER

CCD Y OUT

R1.3/P3.9

P/S AFC FILT

PAL/MESEC DET FILT

REC APC FILT

C210

50V

SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/ SX710B/X9B

CHROMA

2.1

FBC2

2.4

3.2

VCA DET

2.7

PB H

2.4

CCD Y IN

CCD VCC

CCD GND

VCO

X1 IN

X1 OUT

R203 1800

VIDEO SIGNAL

5.2

JL214

C219

5.1

C214

0.01u

9.5

1.9

3.6

0.6

2.3

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

Q201

2PD601AR-115

BUFFER

B+

Y Y/CHROMA

169 173

B+

B01

B02

C224

0.01u

C225

47u

L203

16V

10uH

C223

R231

L252

0.1u

47nH

C249

47p

C222

L251

47nH

50V

C221

C252

0.1u

47p

C220

10u

50V

C215

47u 16V

R205 3900

4.9

B+

L202 10uH

C217

0.1u

C218

0.01u

C213

50V

C212

0.01u

C211

0.01u

C201

22u 50V

B+

5.1

B+

D[3]

D[2]

D[1]

D[0]

B01

B02

CTLCHK

RF_ENV

ENV_SW

QVD

HA_SWP

A_MUTE

C.ROT

RF_SWP

TO_OSD_VIDEO

FROM_OSD_VIDEO

IICDAT

IICCLK

JL361

FULLERS

SECAM_ON

SECAM_DET

PB3V

CTL_Y

CTL_X

FRONTVIN

L1VIN

DECVIN

L1VOUT

DECVOUT

SECAM_VIDEO

REC_C

PB_C

FSC

PB3V

SECAM_VIDEO

C_SYNC

B+

SW5V

ANGND

SECAM_ON

SECAM_DET

PB_RF

R200

3.4

C207

R202

0.01u

B+

AUDIO

SIGNAL

REC

REC/PB

TU_VIDEO_IN

AD1

B+

C+5V

B+

C+12V

JL252

ANGND

B+

JL253

SW5V

JL207

100

R218

JL212

QVD

0.4

C-SYNC

SERIAL CLOCK IN

910

VIDEO INPUT SELECT

Y/C PROCESSOR

NORMAL AUDIO PROCESSOR

LA71710M-MPB

AUTO BIAS IN

EQ SW1

EQ IN

R0.5/P0.1

R2.6/P2.3

C366

1500p

R358

18k

L357

L362

L361

50V

11876

C231

0.1u

Y-GND

IC201

CCD DELAY

IC201

A.GND

C367

0.01u

R360 330k

C368

R359 270

Q202

2PB709AR

-115

5.1

100

R219

2.5

C247

47u

JL213

16V

2.5

1.9

REG 2.5V

VIDEO LINE OUT

EQ NFB

EQ SW2

2.3

L358

R361

10k

R362 6800

10u 50V

SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/ SX710B/X9B

JL211

C375

0.01u

D[0]

2.2

2.3

4.4

R220

DEC VOUT

EQ OUT

L359

R370

820

100

4.4

REG2 BIAS

AUDIO PB IN

R3.1/P2.3

SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/ SX710/SX717/

D[1]

SX810/X9

16V

0.1u

C230

47u

C248

R221

C229

10u 50V

JL210

2.9

4.1

1.8

REG 4V

L1 VOUT

VIDEO AGC IN

SE610:B,E/SE710:B,D,E,K,N/ SE810:B,D,E,K,N/SX710/SX717/ SX810/X9:B,D,E,N

C-GND

PB FM OUT/

SECAM C IN

AFC/APC FILT

R3.2/P2.3

3.3

R240

JL201

50V

C369

C203

0.022u

C242

50V

C234

R212

150p

C295

0.01u

JL203

B+

C239

0.1u

R1.4/P1.7

C240

0.01u

JL218

C395

0.1u

*R352

:SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717

3.9k

:SE810/SX810/X9

5.6k

Q351

2SD1620-TD

BIAS ERASE OSC

R353

C354

0.01u

L353

R2.3/P5.1

R2.5/

P5.1

C355

47u 16V

C353

0.01u

R351

R352

B+

JL356

L355

0.047u

0.018u

C359

*C359

:SE610/SE710/ SX710/SX717 :SE810/SX810/X9

R354 180

R228

C293 100p

R281 6800

C284

0.01u

R283

680

C285

47u

B+

L281

100uH

R284

680

C288

0.01u

L352

100uH

T350

B+

R2.7/

P3.1

REC EQ OUT/ PB EQ IN

81828384858687888990919293949596979899100

R2.5/P2.3

R0/P3.1

C281

0.22u

R282 2700

0.022u

16V

C286

0.1u

R290

REC HA IN/PB HA OUT

0.3

COMP OUT

ENV DET

HA GND

JL204

R1.4/P0

REC FM AGC2 REF

C282

R1.8/P0

REC FM AGC2 FILT

EP HFL

R289

0.8

EP CH1(+)

C296

10p

0.8

EP CH1.2(-)

C297 10p

0.8

EP CH2(+)

HA PRE GND

B+

H.A.VCC

R4.4/P2.1

SP CH2(+)

C298

R4.4/P2.1

10p

SP CH1.2(-)

C299

10p

R4.4/P2.1

SP CH1(+)

SP HFL

ALC DET2

2.3

LINE OUT

R3.4/P0.2 5.1 0

C351

22u

50V

1800

R214 6800

R216

C237

2700

R217

0 1u 50V

L205

100uH

AGC2 TC1

R2.5/P1.6

VIDEO PEAKING

C236 220p

2.3

MAIN EMPH

R2.3/P2.7

12 13

C241

50V

MAIN DEEMPHA OUT

C238

FM AGC

27p

JL205

R0.4/P1.6

AD HD-SW CTLNCA-VCCNCALC DET

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

C362

22u 50V

L360

L356

L351

100uH

C358

C357

0.1u

47u

16V

FBC1

R2/P1.7

AUDIO IN2

2.3

JL360

BIAS SWITCH

JL206

10k

18k

47kR208

47k

R210

R209

R211

JL219

HA SWP

R2.8/P2

R1/P0.8

AUDIO MUTE/C ROT

Vref 2.3VNCAUTO BIAS

2.3

C363

33u

R0.7/P0

16V

R0.7/

C370

47u

Q352

16V

B+

L204

10uH

C233

47u

16V

C232

5.1

RF SWP

R2.3/P5.1

R207

0.1u

V-VCC

AUTO BIAS OUT

Q352

C361

470

R206

SERIAL DATA IN

AUDIO REC OUT

R2.6/P2.3

R357 1200

C365

1200p

2SC1815GR-TPE2

4.7u

B+

R5.1/

B+

R355

12k

1234

R356

18k

JL357

5678

2.5

5.1 0

IC351

BA7755AF-E2

R3.4/P0.2

IC351

HEAD SWITCH

B+

ANGND

C352

4.7u

R369

50V

56k

C374

0.1u

LINE_OUT

MA-400 BOARD (4/8)

LINE_IN

AUDIO_CH2

AUDIO_REC

AUDIO_CH1

AFENV

(SEE PAGE 4-17)

MA-400 BOARD (3/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-14)

MA-400 BOARD (5/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-19)

MA-400 BOARD (3/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-13)

MA-400 BOARD (2/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-12)

MA-400 BOARD (6/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-21)

MA-400 BOARD (7/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-23)

MA-400 BOARD (8/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-26)

19125

MA-400 BOARD (3/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-13)

Note:The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line

with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

4-9 4-10

VIDEO, AUDIO

MA-400 (1/8)

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

MA-400 (SECAM) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.

– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –

MA-400 BOARD (2/8)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R:REC MODE P:PB MODE

50V

0.4

SYNC-IN

2.2u

C971

JL972

OUT

SECAM-DET

0.1

R970

33k

R971

33k

C970 220p

0.3

LA7337

IC970

TIMING

SYNC GATE

C972

4700p

150k

DET C

R3/P2.62.7

R968

R3/P2.6

S/H C2

C978

4700p

150p

C979

S/H C1

2PB709AR-115

4.43MHz BELL FILTER

2.6

8200

R978

6.8uH

L970

5.1

VCC

Q970

2.6

10k

100k

R980

R979

2.6

4.3MHz BELL

2.6

VREF4

0.01u

C977

2.5

IREF4

R981

27k

2.1

R2/ P5.1

C980

0.1u

2.8

LIM EXC

R982

47k

PB-OUT

R0.4/P5.1

PB-H

REC-IN

0.01u

2.8

C981

IC970

SECAM PROCESSOR

511876

B+

JL975

R989

C992

0.01u

L973 47uH

R995

33k

C988 100p

R993

33k

0.8

2PD601AR-115

R994

39k

5.1

Q973

BUFFER

0.01u

R0.3/ P1.2

C994

5.1

PDTA114EK-115

R0.4/P5.1

PDTC144EK-115

R997

10k

Q975

SWITCH

Q976

SWITCH

R998

10k

R5.1/ P0.1

C995 100u

16V

R1.5/

R5.1/P0.1

P1.2

L975 10uH

5.1

Q972

PDTA114EK-115

SWITCH

C993

0.01u

R0.8/ P0

B+B+

R0.5/ P1.5

SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B

C_SYNC

SECAM_DET

SECAM_VIDEO

SW5V

PB3V

SECAM_ON

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-10)

PB_C

R1.5/P1.2

MODE2CLK IN3AFC FILTER4BGP TIMING54.3MHz OFFSET61.1MHz OFFSET7GND

R974

22k

0.4

0.01u

C973

R976

C974

50V

3.6

2700

0.022u

C975

220p

C976

JL970

47k

R977

0.1

JL971

47k

R986

0.1

680p

C982

R975

27uH

L971

C984

0.01u

R973

220k

R972

27k

VREF110IREF111REC-OUT12REG13PB-IN14AGC FILTER

1.1MHz BELL

2.3

2.6

5600

R983

R988

15k

R985

C985

L972

47uH

2.7

JL973

470

100p

4.4

10u

C996

C986

10p

50V

JL974

2.6

R3.1/ P2

R990

C987

0.47u 50V

R999

Q977

PDTC144EK-115

SWITCH

R0.8/P0

2PD601AR-115

R996

39k

C983

0.001u

5.1

R3.2/ P2.3

Q974

BUFFER

SIGNAL PATH

REC

VIDEO SIGNAL

CHROMA

Y/CHROMA

R969

6800

C991

0.1u

ANGND

PB_RF

REC_C

FSC

SECAM

MA-400 (2/8)

4-11 4-12

MA-400 (SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board and page 4-15 for waveforms.

– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

MA-400 BOARD (3/8)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R:REC MODE P:PB MODE

MA-400 BOARD (4/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-17)

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

MA-400 BOARD (5/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-19)

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-10)

MA-400 BOARD (7/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-23)

MA-400 BOARD (8/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-26)

MA-400 BOARD (6/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-21)

FROM_OSD_VIDEO

*:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS.

R850

C851

100

10u 50V

R852

2.1

22k

R853

2.8

R862 2200

2PB709AR-115

C855

0.22u

AFENV

AFSWP

IICDAT

IICCLK

A_MUTE

AFRECP

ICONT

C+DET

AVCONT

AVLINK

SECAM_VIDEO

PB3V

IICDAT

IICCLK

TO_OSD_VIDEO

A_MUTE

C.ROT

QVD

SECAM_DET

SECAM_ON

FULLERS

RF_ENV

ENV_SW

CTLCHK

HA_SWP

RF_SWP

JOG_LED_CONT

FLDCS

FLDSDA

FLDSCLK

FUKEY1

FUKEY2

KKP+

KKP-

REMOCON

DMS+

DMS-

PCONT_M18V

PCONT_M24V

PCONT_M12V

-11VCONT

PCONT_SW5V

C+/SW12VCONT

D5V_BACKUP

CAPSTANVCC

PCONT_SW5V

OSDVCC

SW12V

SW5V

ANGND

MTR12V

MTRGND

DGND

TUSW1

TUSW2

IICCLK

IICDAT

MODCONT

TUAFT

NICAMCLK

NICAMDAT

B+

D5V

B+

Q850

BUFFER

11876

1324

169 173

19125

SIGNAL PATH

SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

IC850

VPS/PDC

11121314151617181920

R2.6/P1.6

PD 1

N.C.

R2.5/P0

PD 2

R2.6/P1.6

VCO 1

IREF

R1.2/P1

CVBS

N.C.

VDDD

VDDA

SDA5650X-GEG

SS005

SS008

SS009

SS010

SS011

SS012

SS013

SS014

SS016

SS017

SS018

SS019

SS021

SS022

SS023

SS024

SS025

SS026

SS027

SS028

SS029

SS081

IC850

R163

10k

EHB

DAVN

N.C.

VCS

SDA

SCL

N.C.

VSSD

VSSA

B+

R164

10k

100kR193

B+

R165 3300

R166

3300 R167 6800

B+

L160 22uH

IC161

EEPROM

M24C32-WMN6T(A) M24C16-WMN6T(A)

SIGNAL PATH

Drum speed servo

5.1

SS100

SS099

12345678910

R160

R161

C174

0.1u C160

0.01u

R162

R192

IC160 MM1256XF-BE

1234

C162

0.22

5.5V

*IC161

:X9:B,D,E,G :SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9N

R851

15k

C853

R858

0.033u

6800

R860

1.2M

C856

0.1u

R857

C852

6800

2200p

R859

1.5

1.2M

R861

680k

B+

JL852

R856

100k

5.1

C850

0.1u

SS012

SS025

SS100

SS099

SS074

SS028

SS038

SS071

SS027

SS100

SS099

SS056

SS055

SS074

SS021

SS019

SS103

SS089

SS029

SS011

SS023

SS114

SS022

SS024

B+

SS072

SS090

SS088

SS086

SS014

SS013

SS017

SS018

SS077

SS065

SS066

SS087

SS005

SS075

SS082

SS091

SS084

SS067

SS092

SS099

SS100

SS016

SS008

SS097

SS098

SS091

R195

R194

C161

R188

10k

IC160

POWER FAILDET

RESET PULSE

GENERATOR

IC161

C164 100u

B+

L140 22uH

C140 100u

16V

R141

10k

R140

10k

R0.3/

P0.6

Q140

2PD601AR-115

SWITCH

SE810/SX810/X9

JL144

JL145

JL141

JL166

1.2

JL167

1.8

0.2

5.1

R0/P3.1

R0.1/P3.5

5.1

4.5

5.1 0

2.5 0

0.3

R2.1/P2.9 R2.5/P2.8

2.4

5.1

R0/P5.1

R5/P0

L161

22uH

B+

OUT 1

5.1

VCC 1

4.8

OUT 2

5.1

5678

VCC 2

R169

5.1

W.ENA

5.1

DATA

470k

B+

C166

0.01u

JL160

CLK

JL161

5678

5.1

C165

0.01u

B+

JL168

JL169

C163

0.01u

16V

B+

SS114

C141

0.01u

N.C.

24V_CONT

DEST1

DEST2

TU_AFT

S_SENS

T_SENS

RF_ENV

AF_ENV

FU_KEY2

FU_KEY1

POWER_KEY

MOD_CONT

KKP+

KKP-

QVD

N.C.

CROT

HA_SW

ENV_S

RF_SWP

AF_SWP

END_LED

AV_CONT

AF_REC_P

FULL_ERS

R168 150k

R189

JL140

C142

0.022u

C147

0.1u

5.1

114

115

116

AVCC

AMP_VCC

*R160

1.5k

:SE610G/SE710G,I/SE810G/X9G

3.3k

:SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B

5.6k

:SE610:K,N/SE710:K,N/SE810:K,N/SX710:K,N/X9N

:SE610:A,E/SE710:D,E/SE810:D,E/SX710:D,E/ SX717/SX810/X9:D,E

*R161

1.5k

:SE610E/SE710:B,G/SX710B

3.3k

:SE610N/SE710:E,I/SE810B/SX710E/SX717E

5.6k

:SE710N/SE810:E,G/SX710N/X9B

8.2k

:SE710:D,K/SX710:D,K/SX717D

12k

:SE810:D,N/SX810/X9:G,N

18k

:SE810K/X9D

33k

:SE610K/X9E

VSS3117.734475MHz(IN)

1.3

100

JL164

JL165

R176

R171

10k

12p

C171

C170

0.1u

2.6

CTL_AMP_OUT

17.734475MHz(OUT)

1.4

10p

C172

B+ B+

SS078

SS108

SS107

SS106

SS103

C145 100u

16V

2.5

108

AMP_VREF_IN

107

AMP_VREF_OUT

SS104

C173 680p

470

R178

R177

2.3

0.3

103

104

105

106

CAP_FG

AMP_VSS

DRUM_FG

DRUM_PG

1214

IC162

SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,

OSD,MODE CONTROL

:SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9 :SE610

R179

0.1

102

SECAM_DET

IC162

R180 6800

C144

22u

50V

22u

C143

2.3

2.5

2.6

109

110

111

112

113

N.C.

AMPC

CTL_IN-

CTL_IN+

M37970MGA-050GP M37970MGA-051GP

SS099

SS100

220

R183

R182 220

R181

100

101

N.C.

SDA(VI/HF/TU/ARC/MOD/VPS)

SS097

SS098

3300

R191

R175

R172

R190

3300

4.6

4.4

NICAM_CLK

NICAM_DATA

SCL(VI/HF/TU/ARC/MOD/VPS)

CAP_RVS38I_CONT39MODE440MODE341MODE242MODE143REC_PRF44IIC_CLK1(EEP)45IIC_DAT1(EEP)46CAM47N.C.48N.C.49N.C.50OSC_CHARA(IN)51OSC_CHARA(OUT)52RESET53OSD_LPF54LP55OSD_VCC56OSD_V_IN57OSD_GND58OSD_W_LEVEL

VCC3432KHz(IN)

32KHz(OUT)36TEST

5.1

JL163

X161

17.734475MHz

C168

0.9

000

JL143

1.5

5.1

X160

32.768kHz

27p

15p

C169

R170

3300

SS037

SS038

SS039

SS040

SS041

SS042

SS043

2.2

SS046

2.4

JL662

L660

2.2uH

15p

C660

C661

SS094

3300

N.C.96N.C.

2.4

4.8

JL162

C167

0.047u

S_REEL

C662

SS093

4700p

1.3

T_REEL

SS092

55**

TU_SW2

R660

C663

0.01u

SS091

DIV_CLK_OUT/JOGLED_CONT

B+

100

R668

JL661

SS055

SS090

4.4

SW5V_CONT

5.2

1.9

JL660

SS056

SS089

R186

FLD_CS

SACAM_ON

AV_CONT_IN/C+DET

C_V_IN(C_SYNC_IN)

OSD_SECAM_C_IN

SS088

4.9

TO_FLD_DATA

18V_CONT

FLD_CLOCK

C+5V_CONT

TO_AV_LINK

-11V_CONT

SAT_CONT

CAP_ERR

DRUM_ERR

REMOCON

FROM_AV_LINK

MTR12V_CONT

A_MUTE

TA_MUTE

PDC_DAV

DEC/VTR

TU_SW1

HLF(SLICER_LPF)

OSD_V_OUT

CLK_SEL

R664

2.5

Q661

2PB709AR-115

BUFFER

P_FAIL

B+

4.9

N.C.

2.7

5.1

JL199

5.1

N.C.

DMS-

DMS+

1.9

0.1

1.9

JL142

MDO

5.1

JL146

SE610:B,K,N/ SE710:B,K,N/ SE810:B,K,N/ SX710:B,K,N/ X9:B,N

C665

L661

56p

22uH

C664

0.1u

R662

R661

470

R670

470

C672

0.01u

1.9

R671

B+ B+

REC/PB

REC

Drum phase servo

L663 22uH

C667

0.01u

C668 100u

L662 22uH

D873

PDZ6.8B-115

R146

C666 560p

16V

SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

B+

R196 3300

0R145

1kR672

B+

C871

0.01u

R807

33k

D800

C801

R666

B+ B+

1SS119-25TD

0.01u

C872

47u 16V

SS083

R800 150k

R803

22k

Q803

2PD601AR-115

R663 1500

C669 3900p

C671

22p

R667

330

Q660

2PB709AR-115

BUFFER

L871

10uH

C873

0.1u

Q800-804

AV LINK CIRCUIT

2PB709AR-115

Q801

5.1

R802

10k

R669

100

2.7

2PD601AR-115

R871 4700

R872 220k

Q800

5.1

4.6

2PD601AR-115

Q802

R804

R806

10k

R187

C670

Q871

BUFFER

2.5

2PD601AR-115

PDTC144EK-115

10k

R185

R184

5.1

R142

R143

4700

B+

1200

R813

SS037

10k

SS104

R801

SS108

10k

SS080

SS076

5.1

R805

10k

Q804

SS087

SS106

SS086

SS107

SS079

SS084

SS083

SS082

SS081

SS080

SS079

SS078

SS077

SS076

SS009

SS075

SS074

SS072

SS071

SS026

SS010

SS067

SS066

SS065

SS043

SS094

SS093

SS042

SS041

SS040

SS039

SS046

C146

2200p

B+

MPG06D-6052PKG3

B+

B+ B+

Q872

2SD999-T1CL

5.1

R874

5.1

R875

R873 2200

Q873

2PD601AR-115

Q872,873

SWITCH

R876

4.8

4.7

C874

0.1u

Drum servo(speed and phase)

Capstan speed servo

Capstan servo(speed and phase)

Ref.signal

VIDEO SIGNAL

Y/CHROMA

REC

PS120

0.4A

C122

47u

16V

C113

C115

0.1u

0.01u

R114

C107 47u

C108

16V

D110

R103

22k

2SC1815GR-

5.1

Q100

PT380F3

S SENS

LED DRIVE

JL107

R104

C102

0.001u

B+

JL104

B+

S101

(REC PROOF)

0.2

IN1

MTR(GND)

CAM(-)

12345678910

0.1u

C133

B+

47k

R115

JL105

47k

1.8

15k

4700

470

C121

0.01u

JL108

PH101

GP3S120S

(S REEL)

VCL

R133

47k

JL121

JL122

JL123

JL124

47k

R121

JL125

JL128

C114

0.01u

JL115

JL114

JL113

JL112

JL111

D100 GL528V1 (T/S LED)

R101 470

0.001u

1.1

JL118

13.3

6.3

4.8

V REF

VCH

R130

15k

JS130

R123

R124

R120

C120

0.01u

C123

0.01u

47k

(RA)

Q102

TPE2

0.4

R105 2200

R102

2.2

IN2

470

R132

JL130

B+

JL871

D871

PDZ6.8B-115

JL872

C875 470u

6.3V

D872

PDZ6.8B-115

Note:The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line

JL127

JL129

C100

(AX)

R106

C103 330u

6.3V

JL116

VCC 1

B+

CN102

CN101

JL117

2.4

C101

0.001u

VCC 2

C131

47u 16V

JL131

JL133

J871

CTL_X

CTL_Y

1 SW 5V

2 CAP RVS

3 CAP FG

4 CTL-REF

5 CAP VS

6 LIMITTER

7 CAPSTAN VCC

8 MTR GND

9 AN GND

MTR GND

D.FG

D.PG

D.VS

MTR 12V

(AX)

R107

PT380F3

T SENS

R100

15k

PH100

GP3S120S

(T REEL)

1.1

JL106

CAM MOTOR DRIVE

0.2

CAM(+)

C134

0.1u

CN104

X9:B,D,E,G

STB Control (mini Jack)

CN161

RESET

CLOCK

DATA

D GND

Q101

5.1

IC130

LB1943N

CAM(-)

CAM(+)

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-10)

(CAM ENCODER)

JL100

IC130

M902

CAPSTAN

MOTOR

M901 DRUM

MOTOR

R108

22k

JL109

C105

0.001u

S100

JL103

JL101

JL102

M903

CAM

MOTOR

CHECK

with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

4-13 4-14

SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL

MA-400 (3/8)

• Wavef orms

1 IC162 wa REC/PB

5.3 Vp-p (2 V)

2 IC162 wf REC/PB

5.3 Vp-p (2 V)

3 IC162 ea REC/PB

6 IC162 ya REC/PB qa IC162 <z/n REC/PB

2.1 Vp-p (H)

7 IC162 yf REC/PB

2.1 Vp-p (H)

8 IC162 ul REC/PB

4.2 Vp-p (360 Hz)

qs IC162 <z/m REC/PB

4.8 Vp-p (2 V)

qd IC162 <zzz REC

2.7 Vp-p (17.734475 MHz)

4 IC162 ef REC/PB

1.8 Vp-p (32.768 kHz) 5.4 Vp-p (56 kHz)

5 IC162 th REC/PB

2.1 Vp-p (H)

5.4 Vp-p (56 kHz)

9 IC162 i; REC/PB

0 IC162 <z/v REC/PB

4.6 Vp-p (1 kHz)

5 Vp-p (2 V)

qf IC162 <zzx REC

5 Vp-p (2 V)

4-15

MA-400 (Hi-Fi AUDIO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.

– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

MA-400 BOARD (4/8)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R:REC MODE P:PB MODE

SIGNAL PATH

AUDIO

SIGNAL

REC

JL311

JL310

JL300

JL301

JL302

JL303

JL304

JL325

R301

10k

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-10)

MA-400 BOARD (3/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-13)

LINE_IN

LINE_OUT

AUDIO_CH2

AUDIO_REC

AUDIO_CH1

ANGND

AFENV

AFSWP

AFRECP

IICDAT

IICCLK

AFENV

A_MUTE

R302

18k

R322

C308

C304

0.01u

C323

0.1u

C324

0.01u

R329

470

C306

47u 16V

R304

R305

C303

0.1u

JL322

JL323

JL324

B+

R4.3/P0.6

R4.2/P0.6

R4.3/P0.6

R4.2/P0

B+

R0.7/P4.2

R0.1/P3.5

VCC 12V

PB IN2

REC OUT

PB IN1

HM SW

VSS D

VCC 5V

AF SWP

SDA

SCL

AF ENV

C309

8200p

10u

50V

3.9

R306

27k

R307 2200

DCFBR

3.9

JL306

EMPHR

3.9

C310

DCR

47u 16V

0.8

C311

10u 50V

DETR

3.9

C312

2.2u

VREF

50V

3.8

R308

IREF

C313

C314

10u

47u

39k

50V

16V

0.8

GND

DETL

3.9

DCL

JL309

3.9

EMPHL

8200p

R311 2200

IC301

Hi-Fi AUDIO PROCESSOR

IC301

TDA9605H/N2,518

C315

R312

27k

DCFBL

3.9

C316 10u

50V

NA IN

NA OUT

L2 OUT R

L2 OUT L

MUTE

L1 OUT R

L1 OUT L

MUTE

RF OUT

ALC

SE610:B,E/SE710:B,D,E,K,N/ SE810:B,D,E,K,N/SX710/SX717/ SX810/X9:B,D,E,N

3.811.9

4.6

6.1

3.9

R313

3.3M

C317

0.22u 16V

C338

10u

C319

C320

10u

C336

C322

10u 50V

50V

C337 10u

50V

10u

50V

10u

50V

R315

220

R316

220

11876

125

MA-400 BOARD (8/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-26)

MA-400 BOARD (6/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-21)

C+12V

SW5V

TU_M

TU_L

TU_R

MOD_A

JL326

C307

47u 16V

L301

100uH

JS301

B+

Q591

2PD601AR-115

Q590

2PD601AR-115

MUTE

-0.3

0.3

R590

R591

TU M2TU L3TU R4L2 L5L2 R6L1 L7L1 R8L3 L9L3 R

3.8

18k

4700

R309

4700

R324

JL307

16V

0.22u

C327

JL308

0.22u

R323

50V

16V

C328

SE810/SX810/X9

R592

C329

50V

C330

JL305

16V

C326

C325

0.22u

Q592

2PB709AR-115

MUTE CONTROL

-0.30 0

JS591

D590

1SS119-25TD

C331

R310

3.8

18k

50V

R325

C332

3.8

18k

50V

C333

10 11

3.8

SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/ SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

R326

18k

50V

JL312

JL313

JL314

JL315

JL316

JL317

JL318

JL319

JL320

JL321

DEC_R_OUT

DEC_L_OUT

LINE_R_OUT

DEC_R_IN

DEC_L_IN

LINE_R_IN

LINE_L_IN

FRONT_R_IN

FRONT_L_IN

LINE_L_OUT

ANGND

MA-400 BOARD (5/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-19)

4-17 4-18

Hi-Fi AUDIO

MA-400 (4/8)

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

MA-400 (I/O) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.

– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –

MA-400 BOARD (5/8)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R:REC MODE P:PB MODE

MA-400 BOARD (8/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-26)

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-10)

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

Y/CHROMA

REC

MA-400 BOARD (6/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-21)

MA-400 BOARD (3/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-13)

MA-400 BOARD (4/8)

JK-201 BOARD

CN480

(SEE PAGE 4-27)

(SEE PAGE 4-18)

CN501

FRONT VIDEO IN 1

FRONT AU(L) IN 3

FRONT AU(R) IN 5

SE810/SX810/X9

ANGND

C+12V

DECVIN

DECVOUT

L1VOUT

FRONTVIN

AVLINK

C+DET

AVCONT

ANGND

DEC_L_IN

DEC_R_IN

DEC_L_OUT

DEC_R_OUT

LINE_L_IN

LINE_R_IN

LINE_L_OUT

LINE_R_OUT

FRONT_L_IN

FRONT_R_IN

AN GND 2

AU GND 4

L1VIN

AUDIO

SIGNAL

MODV

ICONT

B+

JL543

JL544

JL545

JS504

R543

R574 100k

R575 100k

R541

100

150

Q541

2PB709AR-115

BUFFER

R1.5/

P2.2

B+

SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

5 6

D570

BZA408B-115

L510

B+ B+

1 2 3

D500

BZA408B-115

100uH

6 5 4

R542 180

R2.2/ P2.9

C570

390p

C571

390p

C572

390p

C573

390p

C511

47u 16V

C510

0.01u

11.8

R11.8/ P3.9

R0.3/

R11.8/P0

P11.8

Q501

PDTA114EK-115

C500 390p

C501 390p

C502 390p

C503 390p

SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

C514

33p

C515

33p

SE610:B,E/SE710:B,D,E,K,N/SE810:B,D,E,K,N/ SX710/SX717/SX810/X9:B,D,E,N

R547

R570

470

R571 470

R572

470

R573

470

R510 180

C512

1.9

47u

16V

R514

330

R516 4700

R518 4700

R509 4700

R503

R502 470

470

Q502

PDTC144EK-115

R500

470

R501

470

R515

Q540

2PB709AR-115

SWITCH

R511

150

5 R0.2/

P0.4

SE610:B,E/SE710:B,D,E,K,N/ SE810:B,D,E,K,N/ SX710/SX717/SX810/X9:B,D,E,N

2.6

Q510

2PB709AR-115

BUFFER

R0/P5.1

Q501,502

AV CONT

SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

R548

R0.2/ P0.4

C580

0.01u

R545

33k

R546

47k

SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/ SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

R517

R512

C513

470u

6.3V

PDZ6.8B-115D502

UDZ-TE-17-13BD503

R549

11876

D501

BZA408B-115

6 5

JL542

D571

PDZ6.8B-115

D572

UDZ-TE-17-13B

JL541

JL540

D504

PDZ6.8B-115

D573

PDZ6.8B-115

C516 4700p

JL521

JL522

SE710/SE810/ SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

J500

125

LINE-2

AUDIO

OUT

1324

SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

21P

SW GND

V IN

V OUT

SW GND

N.C.

SW GND

C+DET

A(L) IN

SW GND

A GND

A(L) OUT

A(R) IN

A(R) OUT

SW GND

V IN

V OUT

SW GND

N.C.

AV_LINC

SW GND

AV CONT

A(L) IN

SW GND

A GND

A(L) OUT

A(R) IN

A(R) OUT

SW GND

V IN

V OUT

SW GND

N.C.

AV_LINC

SW GND

AV CONT

A(L) IN

SW GND

A GND

A(L) OUT

A(R) IN

A(R) OUT

21P

CN570

CN500

1510

UPPERLOWER

DECODER/LINE-3IN

:SE810/SX810/X9

DECODER/LINE-2IN

:EXCEPT SE610:B,E/ SE710/SX710/SX717

LINE-1(TV)

1693

SE610:A,G,K,N

LINE-1(TV)

I/O

MA-400 (5/8)

4-19 4-20

MA-400 (TUNER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.

– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

MA-400 BOARD (6/8)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

SIGNAL PATH

VIDEO SIGNAL

Y/CHROMA

REC

MA-400 BOARD (5/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-19)

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-10)

TU_VIDEO_IN

MA-400 BOARD (8/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-26)

MODV

ANGND

SW30V

SW5V

D6V

AUDIO

SIGNAL

R755

100

R705

TU702

:SE610G/SE710G/SE810G/X9G

BTF-3WU604

:SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B

BTF-3WC446

:SE610:A,K/SE710:D,K/SE810:D,K/SX710:D,K/SX717D/SX810/X9D

BTF-3WC429

:SE610:E,N/SE710:E,N,I/SE810:E,N/SX710:E,N/SX717E/X9E

BTF-3WC428

AERIAL

OUT

BB(5V)

MOD A

SDA

B+

220

R704

100

R754

100

B+

30V

SCL

MOD V

MB(5V)

RF AGC

711

JL705

B+

N.C.

SCL

SDA

N.C.

30V

TP5VIF

181318103141512 16217546 9

M OUT

SIF

SW2

SW1

AFT

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

B+

V OUT

JL710

SDA

SCL

N.C.

JL709

470

R730

470

R732

SE610:E,N/SE710:E,N,I,/SE810:E,N/SX710:E,N/SX717E/X9E

AERIAL

OUT

11876

BTF-2WC421

TU703

BB(5V)

MOD A

SDA

MB(5V)

SCL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718 19202122232425 262728293031

B+

MOD V

125

30V

RF AGC

N.C.

SDA

SCL

N.C.

1324

N.C.

30VIFIF

B+

SW1

SW2

M OUT

V OUT

AFT5VSIF

B+

L5VSDA

1510 14

SCL

N.C.

B+

C710

22u 50V

B+

C713

39p

R736

C712

39p

B+

JS702

B+

C711

47u 16V

B+ B+

B+

NICAMDAT

NICAMCLK

TUSW2

MA-400 BOARD (3/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-13)

MA-400 BOARD (4/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-17)

TUSW1

IICCLK

IICDAT

MODCONT

TUAFT

PCONT_SW5V

MOD_A

TU_M

TU_R

TU_L

R731

R733

EXCEPT SE610G/SE710G/ SE810G/X9G

C731

50V

10u

C701

C730

470

C704

B+

L701

2.2uH

JL701

B+

10u

C705

50V

0.01u R714

470k

C708

47u 16V

0.01u

C709

C714

47u 16V

JL700

C702 2200p

R713

100

470

R723

100

36.9

10u 50V

R702

B+

2SA1309A-QRSTA

+30V REG

D720

1SS119-25TD

Q720

D721

1SS119-25TD

32.5

36.3

C720

0.01u

R724

47k

Q721

PDTC144EK-115

+30V REG

D702

MTZJ-T-77-33

B+

Q751

PDTC144EK-115

SWITCH

D750

B+

MPG06D-6052PKG3

C757

0.01u

R756

10k

5.1

Q752

2PB709AR-115

SWITCH

4.8

B+

4.1

L751 10uH

R757

C754 470u

6.3V

B+

C755

0.1u

GND

JS754

L750

2.2uH

C752

100u

B+

ET700

C753

16V

0.1u

4-21 4-22

TUNER

MA-400 (6/8)

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

MA-400 (MODE CONTROL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.

– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –

MA-400 BOARD (7/8)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

*:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS.

-11V

DGND

ANGND

REMOCON

FLDSDA

FLDSCLK

FLDCS

FUKEY1

FUKEY2

11P

JOG LED CONT

-F

D5V

DMS+

DMS-

KKP+

KKP-

KKP+

D5V

DMS-

DMS+

A/D2 GO

A/D2 RTN

A/D1 RTN

A/D1 GO

DGND

A/D2 GO

A/D2 RTN

A/D1 RTN

A/D1 GO

D GND

AD1

B+

JL432

JL433

JL423

JL424

JL425

JL426

JL427

JL428

JL429

JL430

JL431

MA-400 BOARD (8/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-26)

MA-400 BOARD (3/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-13)

SE810/SX810/X9

DS-95 BOARD

CN451

(SEE PAGE 4-27)

SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717

DS-95 BOARD

CN453

(SEE PAGE 4-27)

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-10)

JOG_LED_CONT

CN460

CN461

R471

330

B-

B+

R460

R470

11876

125

1324

B+

IC460

REMOTE CONTROL

RECEIVER

IC460

SFH5110-40

OUT

GND

123

R422

R421

R420

VCC

B+

L460 47uH

R427

B+

R423

82k

C427

220u

6.3V

1.9

4.9

4.4

12345678910

LED1(IRDREC)

LED2

LED3

LED4

OSC

DOUT

DIN

CLK

KEY1

KEY2

VSS

9.1

VDD

-9.6

IC420

UPD16315GB-3BS

B-

B+

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

C420

C423

47u

0.01u

16V

VDD

VSS

5.1

-1.1

-9.5

B+

B-

-9.6

FL DRIVER

IC420

-11.6

-9.6

-11.6

-9.6

-1.1

-9.7

3435363738394041424344

-5.2

G10

S18

-11.7

S17

-11.8

VEE

9.4

S16

3.2

S15

S14

S13

S12

S11

S10

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

S8 G8

B-

-3.1

-5.2

C424

10u

50V

B-

B- B-

ND420

FLUORESCENT

INDICATOR

TUBE

F-

N.C.

P17

P16

P15

P14

P13

P12

P11

P10

F+

B+

D424

R461

330

R477

6800

JL460

S460

R478

15k

10k

STZ6.8N-T146

R479

47k

R465

3300

JL463

S463

PROGRAM+

R466 4700

JL464

SE810/SX810/X9

R467 6800

S464

AUDIO

DUB

R468

15k

R464

47k

MODE CONTROL

MA-400 (7/8)

JL476

S476

PROGRAM-

JL477

S477

AUTO SET UP/

RF CHANNEL

JL478

SE710/SE810/ SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

S478

SYNCHRO

REC

4-23 4-24

MA-400 (POWER SUPPLY) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board.

– Ref. No.: MA-400 board; 1,000 series –

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

MA-400 BOARD (8/8)

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

SRV938EK BOARD

CN201

(SEE PAGE 4-34)

B+

Q612

2SB1122-ST-TD

SWITCH

19PCN600

AN GND

OSDVCC

CAPSTAN VCC

MTR 12V

MTR GND

P CONT M24V

P CONT M18V

P CONT M12V

SW12V

SW5V

AN GND

13V

D6V

B+

JL600

JL628

JL601

JL602

JL603

JL604

JL605

JL606

JL607

JL608

JL609

JL610

B+

R627

JS604

11.9

5.9

PS602

0.25A

SE610:B,E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

D607

D606

R624

10k

11.2

5.9

Q607,608

C+5V SWITCH

MPG06D-6052PKG3

R625 4700

11.9

R611

5.1

Q607

2SB1122-ST-TD

B+

R615

820

0.1

MPG06D-6052PKG3

D603

PDTC144EK-115

SWITCH

4.9

Q608

PDTC144EK-115

Q613

C618

22u 50V

125

IC601

PQ12RD08

11876

IC601

C+12V REG

13V212V3GND4CONT

B+ B+

13.3

3.2

JL625

11.9

R617

R618 1800

B+

JL627

SE610:A,G,K,N

JS603

JL421

JL626

JL624

R626

C621

220u

6.3V

C611 47u 25V

C612

0.01u

C613

100u

16V

B+

C+12V

SW5V

C+12V

ANGND

C+12V

SW5V

ANGND

C+5V

SW5V

ANGND

D6V

SW30V

OSDVCC

SW12V

SW5V

ANGND

CAPSTANVCC

MTR12V

MTRGND

D5V_BACKUP

D5V

DGND

C+/SW12VCONT

PCONT_SW5V

PCONT_M24V

PCONT_M18V

PCONT_M12V

-11VCONT

MA-400 BOARD (4/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-17)

MA-400 BOARD (5/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-19)

MA-400 BOARD (1/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-10)

MA-400 BOARD (6/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-21)

MA-400 BOARD (3/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-13)

SRV938EK BOARD

CN202

(SEE PAGE 4-34)

CN601

-11V CONT

38V

-11V

D GND

JL613

JL614

JL615

-F

JL616

JL617

JL618

JL619

B+

ANGND

D5V

-11V

DGND

-F

MA-400 BOARD (7/8)

(SEE PAGE 4-23)

B-

Note:The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line

with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

POWER SUPPLY

4-25 4-26

MA-400 (8/8)

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

DS-95 (MODE CONTROL), JK-201 (FRONT IN) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

– Ref. No.:DS-95 board, JK-201 board; 1,000 series –

245 876

DS-95 BOARD

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717

MA-400 BOARD (7/8)

CN461

(SEE PAGE 4-23)

MA-400 BOARD (7/8)

CN460

(SEE PAGE 4-23)

CN453

CN451

A/D1 RTN

A/D2 RTN

11P

A/D1 RTN

A/D2 RTN

JOG LED CONT

D GND

A/D1 GO

A/D2 GO

D GND

A/D1 GO

A/D2 GO

DMS+

DMS-

D5V

KKP+

KKP-

S457

JL451

JL452

JL453

JL454

JL455

JL456

JL457

JL458

JL459

JL440

JL441

R450

180

B+

JS450

SE610/SE710/ SX710/SX717

R457

JL460 JL461

R452

JL442

S452

R458 1500

R453 1500

JL443

S453

R454 2200

S450

R451 2200

S454

JL462

JL444

R455

3300

S455

S451

JL445

R456

S456

4700

SE810/SX810/X9

CN450

DMS-11

DMS-22

COM3

STOP4

PLAY5

PLAY

STOP

DUAL MODE SHUTTLE

JK-201 BOARD

CN480

MA-400 BOARD

(5/8)

CN501

(SEE PAGE 4-19)

SIGNAL PATH

FRONT VIDEO IN 1

FRONT AU(L) IN 3

FRONT AU(R) IN 5

D450

SLR-342DCT31

JOG

Q450

PDTC144EK-115

LED DRIVE

SE810/SX810/X9

245 876

JL490

AN GND 2

AU GND 4

JL491

JL492

JL493

JL494

4.7

SE610/SE710/ SX710/SX717

R490

470

C491

0.001u

D490

STZ6.8N-T146

D491

STZ6.8N-T146

D480

PDZ6.8B-115

JOG

SE810/SX810/X9

C481

0.001u

R480

R491 470

C493

0.001u

D481

STZ6.8N-T146

J481

S410

DIAL TIMER

PUSH/TURN

SE810/SX810/X9

AUDIO

VIDEO

LINE-2

MODE CONTROL, FRONT IN

DS-95, JK-201

4-27

VIDEO SIGNAL

Y/CHROMA

AUDIO

SIGNAL

REC

4-28

DS-95 (MODE CONTROL) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

– Ref. No.: DS-95 board; 1,000 series –

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.

JK-201 (FRONT IN) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

– Ref. No.: JK-201 board; 1,000 series –

MA-400

VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O, SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,

(

TUNER, MODE CONTROL

JK-201 (SE810/SX810/X9) (FRONT IN)

)

POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK) (POWER SUPPLY)

DS-95 (MODE CONTROL)

4-29

4-30

MODE CONTROL, FRONT IN

DS-95, JK-201

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

SRV938EK (POWER SUPPLY) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

– Ref. No.: SRV938EK board; 2,000 series –

There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.

SRV938EK BOARD CN101 A-1

CN201 A-5 CN202 A-6

D101 B-1 D102 B-1 D103 B-1 D104 B-1 D151 A-3 D152 A-3 D153 A-3 D154 B-3 D158 A-3 D203 B-6 D204 A-6 D205 A-6 D251 A-4 D252 A-4 D253 B-4 D254 B-4 D301 A-4 D302 A-6 D303 A-6 D304 A-4 D307 A-6

IC151 B-3 IC251 B-4

Q151 A-3 Q201 A-5 Q203 B-6 Q204 B-5 Q205 B-6 Q206 B-6 Q207 B-6 Q210 B-6 Q211 B-6 Q301 A-5 Q302 A-6 Q303 A-6 Q304 A-6 Q305 B-6 Q306 A-6 Q307 A-6

SRV938EK BOARD

D101

D102

D103

C105

12345 6

C103

D104

C104

L103

C102

Z101

R101

L102

L101

C101

C108

C109

R151

R152

R156

C151

R157

D158

R158

C156

IC151

D153

R159

D151

R160

L151

Q151

C155

D152

D154

R164

PC151

T151

IC251

D251

R251

D254

C251

R316

C301

C209

C203

D301

D253

D252

D304

C252

R252

L201

L202

C201

VR251

C253

C254

Q201

C208

R203

C202

PS202

PS201

PS251

Q204

R219

R315

C206

C213

R218

R314

Q301

R312

Q303

R313

L205

D307

Q205

Q307

Q207

Q304

Q305

D302

R307

Q206

D205

C207

R302

R311

D303

1-468-458-

R217

C303

D204

D203 R209

R208

R207

R222

C212

POWER SUPPLY

SRV938EK

JK-201 (SE810/SX810/X9) (FRONT IN)

4-31 4-32

MA-400

VIDEO, AUDIO, I/O, SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL,

(

TUNER, MODE CONTROL

DS-95 (MODE CONTROL)

)

POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK) (POWER SUPPLY)

SRV938EK (POWER SUPPLY) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

– Ref. No.: SRV938EK board; 2,000 series –

123456789 1110

SRV938EK BOARD

D101-104

IN4005

F101 T2AL 250V

Z101

D101

C108

2200p

250V

C109

2200p

250V

R101

1/2W

C151

400V

R162

33k

1000p

C159 100p

R163 3.9k

C160

10000p

C161

1000p

L101

10µH

C157

C158 820p

R157

2.2M

C101

0.1

275V

R156

2.2M

2.6

1.6

5.6

2.4

5.9

D103

D104 D102

CN101

AC IN

R151

R152

C153

3300p

IC151

TDA16846

IC151

POWER

CONTROL

L102

33mH

Q151

SWITCHING

REG

R155

10k

D153

1SS119

13.2

2.9

2.2

5.9

D158

MA4270

C155

50V

R164

18k

C104

1000p

250V C103

1000p

250V

C105

1000p

250V

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

T151

POWER TRANSFORMER

D151

P6KE300ARL

L151

D152

UF4007

2.8

315

Q151

2SK3047

R158

R159

R160

R161

33k

C156

50v

2.4

C102

0.1

275V

PC151

ON3171

D154

PR1003

5.6

4.6

L103

33mH

D251

PR1003

D301

UF3DL

D252

UF3DL

D253

SB340L

D254

PR1003

C301

220 50V

C252

680 25V

C253 1200

10V

R252

0.22

R251

B+

C251

50V

B+

R316

100k

B+

R312

B+

L201

10µH

B+

C201

220 25V

B+

R261

R266

3.3k

4.6

IC251

AN1431T

C254

470 25V

B–

IC251

SHUNT

REG

R301

36.3

10k

Q302

DTC143EKA

R313

10 2W

R306

10k

C261

0.22

2.5

PS251

750mA

Q301, 302 307

SWITCH

36.4

Q307

2SA1015

36.4

R302 1k 1W

36.4

Q306

DTC143EKA

Q201, 204

SWITCH

VR251

R263

18k

R265

10k

R264

15k

–0.3

Q305

2SB733

R307 1k 1W

L202 10µH

2SD2394

+6V

C202

470 10V

Q301

Q304

2SC2785

R308

R201

2SC2785

B+

13.6

Q204

D303

MTZJ20

0.8

PS202 2A

D203

MTZJ5.1

D204

1SS119

R315

36.4

12.8

R203

180

PS201 1.6A

R207

220

L205

1µH

Q303 2SD2394

R311

13.5

Q201

2SB733

0.7

R220

4.7k

B+

R222 220

D205

1SS119

B–

R314

10k

R219

4.7k

R209

220

10.2

2SC2785

Q206

D30

D2S4M

13.4

0.5

C303

50V

R208

220

6.5

Q206

SWITCH

D302

D2S4M

B+

C206

35V

D2S4M

R206

1.5k

5.9

Q205

2SD2394

SW5V REG

C207

50V

R213

47k

D304

B+

C209

0.01

B+

Q303-306

SWITCH

B+

C203

220

Q203

16V

SWITCH

Q203

2PD601A

5.2

5.9

C213

C208

470 10V

R210

–11.7

R216

4.7k

5.9

DTC114EKA

Q211

50V

0.1

–11.7

Q207

2SD1862

–11.1

C212

0.01

Q210

DTA114EKA

5.9

R218

R217

Q207, 210, 211

SWITCH

B+B+

B+

B–

CN201 19P

AN GND

OSD VCC

CAPSTAN VCC

MTR 12V

MTR GND

P CONT M24V

P CONT M18V

P CONT M12V

13V

SW 12V

D6V

SW 5V

AN GND

CN202 7P

–11V CONT

38V

–11V

+F (2.9V)

D GND

–F (0V)

D GND

MA-400 BOARD (8/8)

CN600

(SEE PAGE 4-25)

MA-400 BOARD (8/8)

CN601

(SEE PAGE 4-25)

4-33

4-34 E

Note:The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line

with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

POWER SUPPLY

SRV938EK

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

TAPE TAPE

Signal Pin No. I/O STOP FF REW

LOADING UNLOADING

PB REC

CTL IN+

MA-400

I/O *7 *7 *7 *7 *7 *7 *1

IC162<zzx>

DRUM PG

MA-400

I *3 *3 *3 *3 *3 *3 *3

IC162<z/m>

DRUM FG

MA-400

I *4 *4 *4 *4 *4 *4 *4

IC162<z/n>

CAP FG

MA-400

IH/L*2 *2 *5 *5 *2 *2

IC162<z/v>

CAP RVS

MA-400

OH/LL H L H L L

IC162ej

CAP ERR

MA-400

OL*6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

IC162i;

DRUM ERR

MA-400

O *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6 *6

IC162ul

STOP/ TAPE TAPE REC •

Signal Pin No. I/O FF/

LOADING UNLOADING

PB REC

PAUSE

REW

RF SWP

MA-400

O *1 *1 *1 *1 *1 *1

IC162wf

QVD

MA-400

OL L L *2L L

IC162ql

C V IN

MA-400

I *3 *3 *3 *3 *3 *3

IC162yf

5-1. SYSTEM CONTROL – VIDEO BLOCK INTERFACE (MA-400 BOARD IC162)

5-2. SYSTEM CONTROL – SERVO PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT INTERFACE (MA-400 BOARD IC162)

∗5. Unstable period pulse.

∗6. DC voltage 1 to 5V

∗7. Hi-Z (2.5V)

SECTION 5

INTERFACE, IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

5-1

CASSETTE CASSETTE

TAPE TAPE

Signal Pin No. I/O EJECTED

LOADING UNLOADING

THREAD- UNTHREAD- STOP FF REW PB REC

ING ING

CAM

MA-400

O M H/M L/M H/M L/M M M M M M

IC162rh

MODE 1

MA-400

IH ––L L HHHHH

IC162rs

MODE 2

MA-400

IH ––LLHHHLL

IC162ra

MODE 3

MA-400

IL ––HHHLLLL

IC162r;

MODE 4

MA-400

IL ––HHLHHLL

IC162el

REC PRF

MA-400

IL *1 *1 *1 *1 *1 *1 *1 *1 *1

IC162rd

T REEL

MA-400

I H/L H/L H/L H/L H/L H/L *2 *2 *2 *2

IC162od

S REEL

MA-400

I H/L H/L H/L *2 *2H/L*2 *2 *2 *2

IC162of

END LED

MA-400

OL L L *3 *3 *3 *3 *3 *3 *3

IC162wh

T SENS

MA-400

I *3 *3 *3 *4 *4 *4 *4 *4 *4 *4

IC1620

S SENS

MA-400

I *3 *3 *3 *4 *4 *4 *4 *4 *4 *4

IC1629

5-2

Signal Pin No. I/O I/O Level

RESET

MA-400

I Normally “H”, “L” when service interruption is detected or restored.

IC162ts

NICAM DATA

MA-400

O Serial communication data to Tuner.

IC162ok

NICAM CLK

MA-400

O Serial communication clock to with Tuner.

IC162oj

5-4. SYSTEM CONTROL – SYSTEM CONTROL PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT INTERFACE (MA-400 BOARD IC162)

5-5. SYSTEM CONTROL – AUDIO BLOCK INTERFACE (MA-400 BOARD IC162)

STOP/

TAPE TAPE PB •

Signal Pin No. I/O FF/

LOADING UNLOADING

PB REC

PAUSE

REW

A MUTE

MA-400

OL L L LLH

IC162uf

5-3

5-6. SERVO/SYSTEM CONTROL MICROPROCESSOR PIN FUNCTION (MA-400 BOARD IC162)

Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function

1NC– Not used (open)

2NC– Not used (open)

3NC– Not used (open)

4NC– Not used (open)

5 24V CONT O 24 V power control signal

6 DEST1 I Destination identification input 1

7 DEST2 I Destination identification input 2

8 TU AFT I AFT input from TUNER for station selection

9 S SENS I Tape end sensor input

10 T SENS I Tape top sensor input

11 RF ENV I Video RF envelope input

12 AF ENV I HiFi envelope input

13 FU KEY2 I Function key input (9 keys)

14 FU KEY1 I Function key input (9 keys)

15 POWER KEY I Not used (open)

16 MOD CONT O RF modulator ON/OFF control

17 KKP + I KKP 2-phase pulse B input

18 KKP - I KKP 2-phase pulse A input

19 QVD O Quasi VD pulse

20 NC – Not used (open)

21 CROT O Head azimuth infor mation

22 HA SW O SP/EP head switching signal

23 ENV S I Identification signal of SP/EP head output comparison & detection

24 RF SWP O Video RF switching pulse output

25 AF SWP O HiFi switching pulse output

26 END LED O End sensor LED output

27 AV CONT O EURO 21 pin AV CONT signal output

28 AF REC P O HiFi record control signal

29 FULL ERS O Full erase control signal for A DUB

30 VSS – Ground terminal

31 17.734475MHz (in) I Main clock input

32 17.734475MHz (out) O Main clock output

33 VCC –

“Power supply input terminal

(high speed mode: 4.0 to 5.5V, low speed mode: 2.6 to 5.5V)”

34 32kHz (in) I Sub clock input

35 32kHz (out) O Sub clock output

36 TEST I test terminal

37 CAP RVS O Inverted capstan signal

38 I CONT O EURO 21 pin-I CONT signal output

39 MODE 4 I Cam encode data 4

40 MODE 3 I Cam encode data 3

41 MODE 2 I Cam encode data 2

42 MODE 1 I Cam encode data 1

43 REC PRF I Safety tab detection input

44 IIC CLK1 (EEP) O IIC clock (EEPROM control)

45 IIC DATA1 (EEP) I/O IIC data (EEPROM control)

46 CAM O Cam motor control signal

47 NC – Not used (open)

48 NC – Not used (open)

49 NC – Connected to Ground

Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function

50 OSC CHARA (IN) I/O Clock input for OSD character size

51 OSC CHARA (OUT) I/O Clock output for OSD character size

52 RESET I Reset input

53 OSD LPF I/O “External filter that doubles the FSC, is connected to this terminal”

54 LP O “L” at SP, “H” at EP/LP”

55 OSD VCC – Power supply input terminal for OSD/slicer (4.75 V to 5.25 V)

56 OSD V IN I Video signal input for OSD overlay

57 OSD GND – Ground terminal of OSD/slicer

58 OSD W LEVEL I OSD white level input

59 CLK SEL I

“Selection of oscillation clock when reset is canceled

“L”: sub clock, “H”: main & sub clocks”

60 MD0 – Connected to Ground

61 OSD V OUT O OSD video signal output

62 HLF (SLICER LPF) I/O

LPF connection terminal for slicer/AFC

(This terminal is used as the HLF terminal when C. Video is input to pin-56.)

63 OSD SECAM C IN I Color signal input for SECAM OSD

64 C V IN (C SYNC IN) I

“Video signal input for tuner’s station selection,

OSD and servo sync signal detection (after passing filter)

”

65 DMS + I DMS 2-phase pulse 1 input

66 DMS - I DMS 2-phase pulse 2 input

67 TU SW1 O Tuner system BG/L selection signal

68 NC – Not used (open)

69 DEC/VTR O Decoder/VTR switching Not used (open)

70 PDC DAV I PDC/VPS signal reception identification input

71 AV CONT IN/C+DET I CANAL + connection identification input

72 DIV CLK OUT/JOGLED CONT O

Terminal of using JOG LED output or adjustment

made output of clock dividing frequency

73 TA MUTE O Tuner audio mute signal output

74 A MUTE O Audio mute signal output

75 MTR12V CONT O Motor 12 V power control signal

76 FROM AV LINK I AV-LINK data input for communication

77 REMOCON I Remote control SIRCS signal input

78 P FAIL I Power failure detection input

79 DRUM ERR O Drum error output

80 CAP ERR O Capstan error output

81 SAT CONT I SAT control signal

82 -11V CONT O Power save control

83 TO AV LINK O AV-LINK data output for communication

84 C+5V CONT O Power save control

85 NC – Not used (open)

86 FLD CLOCK O Serial clock CH0 (FLD)

87 18V CONT O 18 V power control signal

88 TO FLD DATA O Serial data out CH0 (FLD)

89 SECAM ON O SECAM ON signal/surround audio control (switched by destination)

90 FLD CS O Chip selection signal for display tube driver

91 SW5V CONT O SW 5 V power control signal

92 TU SW2 O Tuner system BGL/L selection signal

93 T REEL I Take up reel sensor input

94 S REEL I Supply reel sensor input

95 NC – Not used (open)

5-4

Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function

96 NC – Not used (open)

97 NICAM CLK O Clock for NICAM-ZWEI control

98 NICAM DATA O Data for NICAM-ZWEI control

SCL (VI/HF/TU/ARC/

I/O IIC clock (video/HiFi/tuner/ARC/modulator/VPS control)

MOD/VPS)

100

SDA (VI/HF/TU/ARC/

I/O IIC data (video/HiFi/tuner/ARC/modulator/VPS control)

MOD/VPS)

101 NC – Not used (open)

102 NC – Not used (open)

103 SECAM DET I SECAM identification input

104 CAP FG I Capstan FG input

105 AMP VSS – Ground terminal for analog amplifier (connected to Vss)

106 DRUM FG I Drum FG input

107 DRUM PG I Drum PG input

108 AMP VREF OUT – Analog amplifier reference power supply output terminal

109 AMP VREF IN – Analog amplifier reference power supply output terminal

110 NC – Connected to Ground

111 CTL IN- I/O CTL signal input/output terminal

112 CTL IN+ I/O CTL signal input/output terminal

113 AMPC – CTL amplifier AC Ground terminal

114 CTL AMP OUT O CTL amplifier output

115 AMP VCC – Power supply input terminal for analog amplifier (connected to Vcc)

116 AVCC – Power supply input and reference voltage input to A-D converter

Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function

1 LED1 O Not used (open)

2 LED2 O Not used (open)

3 LED3 O Not used (open)

4 LED4 O Not used (open)

5 OSC – Terminal for osciration

6 D OUT O Not used (open)

7 D IN I FLD IIC BUS (data) input

8 CLK I FLD clock

9 CS I FLD chip select input

10 KEY1 I Ground

11 KEY2 I Ground

12 VSS – Ground

13 VDD – Power supply (D5V)

14 S1 O Segment terminal 1

15 S2 O Segment terminal 2

16 S3 O Segment terminal 3

17 S4 O Segment terminal 4

18 S5 O Segment terminal 5

19 S6 O Segment terminal 6

20 S7 O Segment terminal 7

21 S8 O Segment terminal 8

22 S9 O Segment terminal 9

23 S10 O Segment terminal 10

24 S11 O Segment terminal 11

25 S12 O Segment terminal 12

26 S13 O Segment terminal 13

27 S14 O Segment terminal 14

28 S15 O Segment terminal 15

29 S16 O Segment terminal 16

30 VEE – Power supply (–11V)

31 S17 O Segment terminal 17

32 S18 O Segment terminal 18 Not used (open)

33 G10 O Grid terminal 10 Not used (open)

34 G9 O Grid terminal 9 Not used (open)

35 G8 O Grid terminal 8 Not used (open)

36 G7 O Grid terminal 7 Not used (open)

37 G6 O Grid terminal 6

38 G5 O Grid terminal 5

39 G4 O Grid terminal 4

40 G3 O Grid terminal 3

41 G2 O Grid terminal 2

42 G1 O Grid terminal 1

43 VDD – Power supply (D5V)

44 VSS – Ground

5-7. MODE CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (MA-400 BOARD IC420)

5-55-5 E

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

SECTION 6

ERROR CODES

6-1. ERROR CODE INDICATION

• Error codes are indicated using the lower 5 digits in the fluorescent display tube. “At this time, Colon “:”between character is not indicated.”

Mode code indication when the error has occurred.

Error code

ERROR CODE

0 No error 1 Cam encoder error Loading direction 2 Cam encoder error Unloading direction 3 T reel error 4 S reel error 5 Capstan error 6 Drum error 7 Error on initializing 8 Cassette loading error 9 Reserve

MODE CODE

0 Power-on eject 1 Power-on initial 2 Power-off elect 3 Power-off stop 4FF 5 REW 6 REC 7 REC-pause 8 Power-on stop 9PB

10 FWD x1 11 FWD x2 12 CUE 13 PB-pause 14 RVS-pause 15 RVS x1 16 RVS x2 17 REV 18 Power-off initial 19 Mecha. error (Power off)

20 REW play 21 Cas. loading 22 Tape loading 23 Power-off loading 24 Mecha. error (Power on) 25 Power-on eject initial 26 Power-off eject initial 27 APC REC 28 Cas. loading

(No auto PB check)

6-1

6-1 E

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

SECTION 7

ADJUSTMENTS

During the adjustment, see the Parts Arrangement Diagram for Adjustments on Page 7-6.

7-1. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS

Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL of VHS MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT VI.

7-2. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

2-1. PRE-ADJUSTMENT PREPARATIONS

Necessary items and indications for total adjustment of electric circuit of this machine will be described in this chapter.

2-1-1. Instruments to be Used

1) Color TV

2) Oscilloscope 1 or 2 phenomena, band more than 30 MHz, delay mode, as provided.

3) NTSC pattern generator

4) PAL pattern generator

5) Digital voltmeter

6) Audio level meter

7) Audio noise meter

8) Audio generator

9) Attenuator

10) Alignment tape Part Code: 8-192-605-36 KRV-51P (PAL) Part Code: 8-192-605-32 KRV-51N2 (NTSC)

2-1-3. Set-up of Adjustment

In this adjustment, PAL or NTSC pattern generator is connected with LINE input signal terminal. When checking with tuner , connected AERIAL terminal. Check that the amplitudes of video signal SYNC signal, of picture portions, and of burst signals are flat at approximately 0.3, 0.7 and 0.3 V, respectively , and that the le vel ratio of the burst signal and “red” signal are 0.30: 0.66. Fig. 7-2-2. shows video signals (color bars) used in adjusting the video section.

PAL

NTSC

2-1-2. Connection

Unless otherwise specified, connect and adjust the measuring instruments as shown in the following diagram.

VIDEO LINE IN

Pattern generator VCR

Video output

(75 Ω)

VIDEO LINE OUT

Monitor TV

Fig. 7-2-1

Fig. 7-2-2

2-1-4. Alignment Tapes [Alignment T ape (KRV -51N2/KRV -51P)]

Mode

2-1-5. Specified I/O Level and Impedance Input/output terminal

Video inputs LINE IN : phono jack

Audio inputs LINE IN : phono jacks

Video outputs LINE OUT: phono jack

Audio outputs LINE OUT: phono jacks

Time

Seven minutes

Three minutes

Seven minutes

Three minutes

1 Vp-p, 75 Ω, unbalanced, sync negative

47 kW, –7.5 dBs (0 dBs = 0.775 Vrms) More than 10 kW, –4 dBs

1 Vp-p, 75 Ω, unbalanced, sync negative –7.5 dBs at load impedance 47 kΩ

Output impedance : less than 10 Ω

Video signal

Color bar

Monoscope

Color bar

Monoscope

(HiFi/Normal)

Audio signal

400 Hz

7-1

2-1-6. Adjusting Sequence

Make the electrical adjustment in the following sequence.

Power supply adjustment

Servo system adjustment

2-3. SERVO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

2-3-1. RF Switching Position Adjustment

(MA-400 BOARD)

Purpose:

Adjust the interval between A ch and B ch of tape playback output. Improve the interchangeability with other tapes and sets. When it is out of order, the interval appears on the screen, the screen is disturbed.

Audio system adjustment

2-2. POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENTS

2-2-1. Power Supply Check

(SRV938EK BOARD)

Mode E-E Measuring Instrument Digital voltmeter MTR12 V check Measurement Point Pin 5, 6 of CN201 Specified Value 13.5 ±0.4 V D6 V check Measurement Point Pin qf of CN201 Specified Value 5.9 ± 0.2 V +13 V check Measurement Point Pin qs of CN201 Specified Value 13.6 ± 0.5 V +38 V check Measurement Point Pin 2 of CN202 Specified Value 35.0 ± 3.5 V SW 5 Vcheck Measurement Point Pin qg, qh of CN201 Specified Value 5.2 ± 0.2 V +F, –F check Measurement Point Pin 4, 6 of CN202 Specified Value 2.9 V –11 V check Measurement Point Pin 3 of CN202 Specified Value –11.5 ± 1.0 V

+ 0.6 – 0.3

Mode PB Signal Alignment tape SP mode

color bar

Measurement Point CH1: VIDEO LINE OUT

CH2: Pin 2 of CN262

(RF SWP) Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope Specified Value 6.5 ± 0.5 H (416 ± 32 µsec)

PAL

6.5 ± 0.5 H (410 ± 32 µsec)

NTSC

Adjusting Method:

1) During playback, connect MA-400 board CN262 pin 3 and the pin 5 for about 1 second to activate the RF switching position adjustment mode.

2) Check appear “A P” on FL display.

3) Using the channel + and – buttons, adjust to 6.5 ± 0.5 H.

4) Press the pause button.

CH1

CH2

CH1

CH2

enlargement

Vertical sync. signal

6.5 ± 0.5 H (416 ± 32 µsec) PAL (410 ± 32 µsec) NTSC

Approx. 1 Vp-p

Approx. 5 Vp-p

Checking Method:

1) Confirm that each voltage meets its specified value.

2-2-2. +6 V Adjustment

(SRV938EK BOARD)

Mode REC or PB Measuring Instrument Digital voltmeter Measurement Point Pin qf of CN201 Adjusting Element VR251 Specified Value 5.9 ± 0.2 V

Fig. 7-2-3.

7-2

2-4. AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS

• Adjust both Lch and Rch.

[Connection]

CH1 RF SWP

Audio generator

600 Ω

Attenuator

AUDIO LINE IN Feed signal both channelssimultaneously.

Audio level meter or

distortion meter

47 kΩ

VCR

AUDIO LINE OUT

Fig. 7-2-4.

2-4-1. Hi-Fi Audio System Adjustment

• Set switches and knobs to the following positions to make adjustment unless otherwise specified.

INPUT SELECT switch................... LINE

AUDIO MONITOR .......................... STEREO

[Adjustment Sequence]

1. AF Switching Position Adjustment

2. Frequency Response Check

3. Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion Factor

Check

4. Overall S/N Check

1. AF Switching Position Adjustment

(MA-400 BOARD)

Purpose:

Adjust the interval between A CH and B CH of tape playback output. Improve the interchangeability with other tapes and sets. When it is out of order, noisy sound is increased and big noise is heard.

Mode PB Signal Alignment tape SP mode

color bar

Measurement point CH1: Pin 2 of CN262

CH2: Pin 1 of CN262 Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope Specified Value Fig. 7-2-5

CH2

Fig. 7-2-5.

2. Frequency Response Check

Purpose:

Confirm that the frequency characteristic is within the specification.

Mode REC and PB (SP, LP mode) Signal 400 Hz, –26.3 dBs

30 Hz, –26.3 dBs

20 kHz, –26.3 dBs Measurement point Audio output terminal Measurement equipment Audio level meter Specified value 0 ± 3 dB

Note: Tape path adjustment must have been completed.

Confirmation Method:

1) Supply a signal of 400 Hz, –26.3 dBs to both L and R channels of Audio Line Input.

2) Connect the audio level meter to the Audio Line Output.

3) Adjust the attenuator so that the audio level meter will indicate –26.3 dBs.

4) Make recording.

5) Set an audio line input signal to 30 Hz and make recording.

6) Set an audio line input signal to 20 kHz and make recording.

7) Playback a recorded portion, and measure output levels at 400 Hz and 30 Hz and 20 kHz.

8) Confirm that the 30 Hz and 20 kHz playback output level within a range of the 400 Hz playback output level 0 ± 3 dB.

Adjusting Method:

1) During playback, connect MA-400 board CN262 pin 3 and the pin 5 for about 1 second to activate the RF switching position adjustment mode.

2) Press the record button to activate the AF switching position adjustment mode.

3) Check appear “A H” on FL display.

4) Using the channels + and – buttons, minimize a chipped portion. At this time, confirm that a noisy sound is not heard.

5) Press the pause button.

7-3

3. Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion Factor Check

Purpose:

Check the record level, play le vel, and distortion factor against the reference input.

Mode REC and PB (SP mode) Signal 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs Measurement point Audio output terminal Measurement equipment Audio level meter and

distortion factor meter

Specified value Playback level: –6 .3 ± 2 .0 dB s

Distortion factor: 1% or less

Confirmation Method:

1) Supply an audio signal of 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs simultaneously to both L and R channels of Audio Line Input.

2) Make recording

3) Play back a recorded portion.

4) Confirm that a playback level is –6.3 ± 2.0 dBs.

5) Confirm that a distortion factor is within 1%.

4. Overall S/N Check

Purpose:

Confirm that the S/N is within the specification.

Mode REC and PB (SP mode) Signal Short Measurement point Audio output terminal Measurement equipment Audio noise meter Specified value –67.5 dBs or less

2-4-2. Normal Audio System Adjustment

• Make adjustment in the SP mode, unless otherwise specified. Use a normal VHS cassette for an adjustment tape.

• Set AUDIO MONITOR to normal.

[Adjustment Sequence]

1. ACE Head Adjustment

2. E-E Output Level Check

3. Frequency Response Check

4. Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion Factor

Check

5. Overall S/N Check

1. ACE Head Adjustment

Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL of VHS MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT VI.

2. E-E Output Level Check

Purpose:

Confirm that the output level against the reference input is within the specification.

Mode E-E Signal L, R: 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs Measurement point Audio output terminal Measurement equipment Audio level meter Specified value –6.3 ± 2.0 dBs

Confirmation Method:

1) Simultaneously input a signal of 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs to both L

and R channels of Audio Line Input.

2) Confirm that the audio output level is –6.3 ± 2.0 dBs.

(This level only can appear with mono models)

Confirmation Method:

1) Connect both L and R channels of audio line input to the GND.

2) Start recording.

3) Play the recorded part to confirm that the noise is below –67.5 dBs.

3. Frequency Response Check

Purpose:

Confirm that the frequency characteristic is within the specification.

Mode REC and PB (SP mode) Signal 400 Hz, –26.3 dBs

7 kHz, –26.3 dBs Measurement point Audio output terminal Measurement equipment Audio level meter Specified value 0 ± 3 dB

Tape path adjustment must have been completed.

Confirmation Method:

1) Supply a signal of 400 Hz, –26.3 dBs to both L and R channels of Audio Line Input.

2) Connect the audio level meter to the Audio Line Output.

3) Adjust the attenuator so that the audio level meter will indicate –26.3 dBs.

4) Make recording in the SP mode.

5) Set an audio line input signal to 7 kHz and make recording.

6) Playback a recorded portion, and measure output levels at 400 Hz and 7 kHz.

7) Confirm that the 7 kHz playback output level within a range of the 400 Hz playback output level 0 ± 3 dB.

7-4

4. Overall Level Characteristic and Distortion Factor Check

Purpose:

Check the record level, play lev el, and distortion factor against the reference input.

Mode REC and PB (SP mode) Signal 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs Measurement point Audio output terminal Measurement equipment Audio level meter and

distortion factor meter

Specified value Playback level: –6.3 ± 3. 0 dBs

Distortion factor: 4% or less

Confirmation Method:

1) Supply an audio signal of 400 Hz, –6.3 dBs simultaneously to both L and R channels of Audio Line Input.

2) Make recording

3) Play back a recorded portion.

4) Confirm that a playback level is –6.3 ± 3.0 dBs.

5) Confirm that a distortion factor is within 4%.

5. Overall S/N Check

Purpose:

Confirm that the S/N is within the specification.

2-5. PARTS ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM FOR ADJUSTMENTS

MA-400 BOARD (Side A)

CN262

Mode REC and PB (SP mode) Signal Short Measurement point Audio output terminal Measurement equipment Audio noise meter Specified value –45.5 dBs or less

Confirmation Method:

1) Connect both L and R channels of audio line input to the GND.

2) Start recording.

3) Play the recorded part to confirm that the noise is below –45.5 dBs.

SRV938EK BOARD (Side A)

7 6

CN202

1 2

19 18

CN201

VR251

+6 V

7-5 7-6 E

SECTION 8

REPAIR PARTS LIST

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS

NOTE:

• -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one.

• Color Indication of Appearance Parts Example: KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED)

↑↑

Parts Color Cabinet's Color

8-1-1. FRONT PANEL AND CABINET ASSEMBLIES

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.

• The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied.

• Hardware (# mark) list and accessories and packing materials are given in the last of the electrical parts list.

The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

Ref. No. Part No. Description RemarkRef. No. Part No. Description Remark

1 X-3951-270-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE610: A, E, G, K, N) 1 X-3951-271-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE610B) 1 X-3951-272-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE710: D, E, K, N) 1 X-3951-273-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE710B) 1 X-3951-274-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE710: G, I)

1 X-3951-275-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SX710: D, E, K, N) 1 X-3951-276-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SX710B) 1 X-3951-277-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SX717) 1 X-3951-278-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE810: D, E, K, N) 1 X-3951-279-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE810B)

1 X-3951-280-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SE810G) 1 X-3951-281-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SX810) 1 X-3951-757-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (X9: E, D) 1 X-3951-759-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (X9B) 1 X-3951-760-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (X9G)

1 X-3951-761-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (X9N) 2 3-953-432-01 SPRING (GE), FL

* 3 A-6794-810-A DS-95 BOARD, COMPLETE

* 3 A-6794-812-A DS-95 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810/SX810/X9)

4 1-757-593-11 CABLE, FLAT (FDS-10)

4 1-757-594-11 CABLE, FLAT (FDS-9) (SE810/SX810/X9) 5 1-762-844-31 SWITCH, ROTARY (SE810/SX810/X9)

* 6 A-6794-811-A JK-201 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810/SX810/X9)

7 4-921-277-41 SCREW (B2.6X8), TAPPING, BIND 8 3-057-808-31 CASE, UPPER (SX710/SX717/SX810)

8 3-057-808-51 CASE, UPPER (SE610/SE710/SE810/X9) 9 3-363-099-01 SCREW (CASE 3 TP2) (SX710/SX717/SX810) 9 3-363-099-11 SCREW (CASE 3 TP2)

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

(SE610/SE710/SE810/X9)

10 1-418-010-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259)

(SX717/SX810)

10 1-418-010-31 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259B)

(X9N)

10 1-418-780-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288)

(SX710: D, E, K, N)

10 1-418-780-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288A)

(SX710B)

10 1-418-782-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259K)

(SE810: D, E, G, K, N)

10 1-418-782-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259L)

(SE810B)

10 1-476-369-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259R)

(X9: D, E, G)

10 1-476-370-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259S)

(X9B)

10 1-476-406-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288B)

(SE610: A, E, G, K, N/SE710: D, E, G, I, K, N)

10 1-476-406-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288C)

(SE610B/SE710B)

11 3-709-430-01 COVER, REMOTE CONTROL

(for RMT-V259/V288/V288A/V288B/V288C)

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717/SX810)

11 3-709-430-11 COVER, REMOTE CONTROL

(for RMT-V259K/V259L) (SE810)

13 1-476-070-11 CONTROLLER, STB/SAT (RMT-CM103)

(X9: B, D, E)

13 1-476-070-21 CONTROLLER, STB/SAT (RMT-CM103) (X9G)

14 3-053-436-01 EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (SX710/SX717/SX810) 14 3-053-436-11 EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (SE610/SE710/SE810) 14 4-942-568-61 EMBLEM (NO.5), SONY (X9) 15 3-057-801-11 RING (H), CHANGE SPEED (SX810) 15 3-057-801-31 RING (H), CHANGE SPEED (SE810/X9)

(SE810/SX810/X9)

not supplied

(X9: B, D, E, G)

not supplied

8-1

8-2

8-1-2. CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

8-1-3. MECHANISM CHASSIS ASSEMBLY (1)

not supplied

707

708

702

706

705

703

701

704

710

723

722

709

720

712

711

713

725

not supplied

* 51 A-6713-793-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

(SE710D/SX710D/SX717D)

* 51 A-6713-794-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

(SE710B/SX710B)

* 51 A-6713-795-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810B) * 51 A-6713-796-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810D/SX810) * 51 A-6713-797-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810G)

* 51 A-6713-798-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE710G) * 51 A-6713-799-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

(SE710E/SX710E/SX717E)

* 51 A-6713-800-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE710I) * 51 A-6713-801-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810E) * 51 A-6713-802-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610G)

* 51 A-6713-803-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610A) * 51 A-6713-804-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610B) * 51 A-6713-805-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610E) * 51 A-6713-806-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9G)

The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are

critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

Ref. No. Part No. Description RemarkRef. No. Part No. Description Remark

* 51 A-6713-807-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9D) * 51 A-6713-808-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9B) * 51 A-6713-809-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9E) * 51 A-6713-810-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810N/X9N) * 51 A-6713-811-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810K)

* 51 A-6713-812-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

* 51 A-6713-813-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

* 51 A-6713-814-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610N) * 51 A-6713-815-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610K)

52 3-970-608-21 SUMITITE (B3), +BV

53 1-757-537-11 CABLE, FLAT (FAC-9) 54 1-792-022-11 CABLE, FLAT (FFM-001)

0 55 1-782-012-11 CORD, POWER * 56 1-468-458-14 POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK)

57 3-057-805-01 BASE, MD (R), KS

(SE710N/SX710N)

(SE710K/SX710K)

701

701 3-977-509-01 WASHER, THRUST 702 3-977-507-01 TABLE, REEL (S) 703 3-977-508-01 TABLE, REEL (T) 704 1-500-471-11 HEAD, FE 705 3-977-495-01 SHAFT TG2

706 3-977-494-01 HOLDER, FEH 707 A-6776-359-C FL COMPLETE ASSY (SL) 708 3-977-535-01 PLATE, LUMINOUS (END SENSOR) 709 3-977-536-01 PLATE, LUMINOUS (TOP SENSOR) 710 3-977-443-01 WASHER, STOPPER

711 A-6759-863-B PRESS BLOCK ASSY, PINCH 712 3-958-455-01 SPRING (PINCH), TENSION 713 3-977-447-01 GEAR, ELEVATOR

724

716

721

719

715

717

718

Ref. No. Part No. Description RemarkRef. No. Part No. Description Remark

714 3-063-773-02 OPENER, LID (SL) 715 3-977-441-03 GEAR, PINCH PRESSING 716 3-977-445-02 GEAR, TG8 ARM DRIVING 717 3-062-763-01 SPRING, EXTENSION (RVS BRAKE) 718 X-3950-964-1 ARM ASSY, RVS BRAKE (SL)

719 3-063-756-01 GEAR, TG8 ARM H/R 720 X-3947-590-1 TG8 ASSY 721 A-6775-791-A ACE BLOCK ASSY (EURO 3) 722 3-974-556-11 + HEXA TT 2.6X9 (TAPER) 723 3-979-508-01 SCREW +HEXA TP SW 3X8

724 3-059-958-01 SPRING, TG 8 725 3-051-300-03 LOCK ACE SCREW

714

8-3 8-4

8-1-4. MECHANISM CHASSIS ASSEMBLY (2)

767

770

768

769

760

753

759

758

756

755

754

757

761

764

762

763

772

763

766

765

752

751

751 X-3949-363-1 BRAKE ASSY, MAIN (T) 752 3-053-882-01 SPRING, TENS (MAIN BRAKE) 753 X-3947-573-1 ARM ASSY, PENDULUM 754 X-3951-005-1 BRAKE ASSY, MAIN (S) (B) H/R 755 3-063-772-01 LEVER, REC PROOF (SL)

756 3-976-767-01 SPRING, TENS. (REC. PROOF) 757 3-977-487-01 BOSS, TG1 FULCRUM 758 X-3950-966-1 TG1 ASSY (SL) 759 3-063-958-01 SPRING, COMP (SL PEND) 760 3-977-488-01 SPRING (POWER TENSION)

761 A-6775-463-A SHUTTLE (S) BLOCK ASSY, ST 762 X-3948-050-1 ROLLER ASSY, GUIDE

Ref. No. Part No. Description RemarkRef. No. Part No. Description Remark

763 3-965-178-01 SPRING 764 3-062-687-01 BASE, DRUM, K (UPPER MOTOR) 765 A-6750-328-E SHUTTLE (T) BLOCK ASSY 766 3-977-501-01 PLATE, LUMINOUS 767 A-6746-074-G ROLLER BLOCK ASSY, HC

768 X-3947-255-1 ROLLER ASSY, HC 769 3-975-724-07 ARM, HC 770 1-772-364-11 DRUM ASSY, DZH-0B5A-R

(EXCEPT SE610B/SE710B/

SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

770 1-772-365-11 DRUM ASSY, DZH-0B6A-R

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

772 X-3949-910-1 G. ROLLER ASSY

8-5

8-1-5. MECHANISM CHASSIS ASSEMBLY (3)

815

M902

803

805

817

818

803

816

M903

803 802

804

812

809

not supplied

801

811

810

814

808

806

829

813

807

828

827

826

825

819

820

821

822

823 824

not supplied

801 3-977-437-01 RETAINER, CAM MOTOR 802 X-3949-364-1 ASSY, REEL DIRECT SELECT (B) 803 3-977-443-01 WASHER, STOPPER 804 3-063-760-01 WORM-WHEEL H/R 805 3-056-952-11 WASHER, STOPPER

806 3-977-444-01 GEAR, PINCH TRANSMISSION 807 3-977-515-01 GUIDE, FL SLIDER 808 3-977-517-01 PLATE, SLIDE, FL 809 3-977-519-01 SPRING, TENS. (LIMIT, FL) 810 3-977-518-02 PLATE, LIMITTER, FL

811 3-977-516-01 HOLDER, FL SLIDER 812 3-977-877-01 PLATE, RETAINER 813 3-977-504-01 GEAR, CLUTCH 814 X-3949-365-1 GEAR ASSY PULLEY (B) 815 3-977-510-01 BELT, RUBBER

816 3-056-824-01 WASHER, STOPPER

Ref. No. Part No. Description RemarkRef. No. Part No. Description Remark

817 3-063-755-01 GEAR, CAM H/R 818 3-063-768-01 SLIDER (SL) 819 3-063-757-01 GEAR, LOADING (T) H/R 820 3-977-456-03 SPRING, TORSION (LOAD T) 821 X-3948-132-2 LEVER ASSY, LOADING (T)

822 3-977-451-01 GEAR, LOADING (S) 823 3-977-452-01 SPRING, TORSION (LOAD S) 824 X-3948-131-1 LEVER ASSY, LOADING (S) 825 3-977-489-01 ARM, TG1 DRIVING 826 3-977-468-01 SHAFT, CAPSTAN BRAKE

827 3-977-467-02 SPRING, CAP BRAKE 828 X-3950-965-1 BRAKE ASSY, CAPSTAN (SL) 829 3-063-823-01 SPRING, COMP (LIMITTER LOW K) M902 1-698-971-11 MOTOR, DC (CAPSTAN) M903 X-3947-577-1 MOTOR ASSY, CAM

8-6

8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

DS-95 JK-201

NOTE:

• Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used on the set.

• -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one.

• RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: Metal-film resistor. METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film resistor. F: nonflammable

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark * A-6794-810-A DS-95 BOARD, COMPLETE

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

* A-6794-812-A DS-95 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810/SX810/X9)

*********************

< CONNECTOR >

CN450 1-770-514-31 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P (SE810/SX810/X9) CN451 1-770-519-31 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 11P (SE810/SX810/X9) CN453 1-770-514-31 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.

• SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: µ, for example: uA. . : µA. . uPA. . : µPA. . uPB. . : µPB. . uPC. . : µPC. . uPD. . : µPD. .

• CAPACITORS uF: µF

• COILS uH: µH

• Not all of the parts for POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK) are listed.

S453 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (N)

S454 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (JOG) (SE810/SX810/X9)

(Ref.No. 1,000 Series)

S455 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (M) S456 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (X) S457 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (A)

* A-6794-811-A JK-201 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810/SX810/X9)

***********************

The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board.

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

(Ref.No. 1,000 Series)

< DIODE >

D450 8-719-056-06 DIODE SLR-342DCT31 (JOG)

(SE810/SX810/X9)

< SHORT >

JS450 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

< TRANSISTOR >

Q450 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115

(SE810/SX810/X9)

< RESISTOR >

R450 1-249-408-11 CARBON 180 5% 1/4W F

(SE810/SX810/X9) R451 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R452 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W F R453 1-216-053-00 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W R454 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R455 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R456 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W F R457 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W F R458 1-216-053-00 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W

< SWITCH >

< CAPACITOR >

C481 1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C491 1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C493 1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V

< DIODE >

D480 8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 D481 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 D490 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 D491 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

< JACK >

J481 1-695-865-11 JACK, PIN 3P (LINE-2 IN)

< RESISTOR >

R480 1-216-022-00 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W R490 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R491 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W

S410 1-418-156-11 ENCODER, ROTARYRY (DIAL TIMER)

(SE810/SX810/X9) S450 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (z) S451 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (m) S452 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (x)

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

8-7

MA-400

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark * A-6713-793-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

(SE710D/SX710D/SX717D)

* A-6713-794-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

(SE710B/SX710B)

* A-6713-795-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810B) * A-6713-796-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810D/SX810) * A-6713-797-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810G)

* A-6713-798-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE710G) * A-6713-799-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

(SE710E/SX710E/SX717E)

* A-6713-800-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE710I) * A-6713-801-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810E) * A-6713-802-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610G)

* A-6713-803-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610A) * A-6713-804-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610B) * A-6713-805-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610E) * A-6713-806-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9G) * A-6713-807-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9D)

* A-6713-808-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9B) * A-6713-809-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (X9E) * A-6713-810-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810N/X9N) * A-6713-811-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE810K) * A-6713-812-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

(SE710N/SX710N)

* A-6713-813-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE

(SE710K/SX710K)

* A-6713-814-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610N) * A-6713-815-A MA-400 BOARD, COMPLETE (SE610K)

***********************

(Ref.No. 1,000 Series)

3-057-806-01 BASE, FL 3-058-480-02 HOLDER, FLO 3-960-273-11 SPACER, TOP END

< CAPACITOR >

C100 1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C101 1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C102 1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C103 1-128-057-11 ELECT 330uF 20% 6.3V C105 1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V

C107 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C108 1-127-573-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 16V C113 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C114 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C115 1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V

C120 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C121 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C122 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C123 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C131 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V

C133 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C134 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C140 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V C141 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C142 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V

C143 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V C144 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V C145 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V C146 1-164-161-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 100V C147 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C160 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C161 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C162 1-104-905-11 CAPACITOR 0.22F 5.5V C163 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C164 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V

C165 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C166 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C167 1-163-809-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 25V C168 1-163-231-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5% 50V C169 1-163-237-11 CERAMIC CHIP 27PF 5% 50V

C170 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C171 1-163-229-11 CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 5% 50V C172 1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.5PF 50V C173 1-163-007-11 CERAMIC CHIP 680PF 10% 50V C174 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C201 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V C202 1-163-809-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 25V C203 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V C204 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C205 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C206 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C207 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B) C209 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V C210 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C211 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

C212 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C213 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C214 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C215 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C217 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C218 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C219 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C220 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C221 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C222 1-126-160-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V

C223 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C224 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C225 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C226 1-107-823-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF 10% 16V C227 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

C228 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V C229 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C230 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C231 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C232 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C233 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C234 1-163-255-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF 5% 50V C236 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C237 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C238 1-163-237-11 CERAMIC CHIP 27PF 5% 50V

C239 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C240 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C241 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C242 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C243 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C244 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

8-8

MA-400

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

C245 1-163-989-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 25V C247 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C248 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C249 1-163-243-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50V

C250 1-163-243-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C251 1-163-243-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50V

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) C252 1-163-243-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50V C281 1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C282 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V

C284 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C285 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C286 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C288 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C293 1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V

C295 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C296 1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.5PF 50V C297 1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.5PF 50V C298 1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.5PF 50V C299 1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.5PF 50V

C303 1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V C304 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C306 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C307 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C308 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

C309 1-163-020-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0082uF 10% 50V C310 1-119-799-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C311 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C312 1-124-257-00 ELECT 2.2uF 20% 50V C313 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

C314 1-119-799-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C315 1-163-020-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0082uF 10% 50V C316 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C317 1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C319 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

C320 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C322 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C323 1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V C324 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C325 1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V

C326 1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C327 1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C328 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C329 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C330 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V

C331 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C332 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) C333 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) C336 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C337 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

C338 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N) C351 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V C352 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7uF 20% 50V C353 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C354 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

C355 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C357 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C358 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C359 1-137-374-11 MYLAR 0.047uF 5% 50V

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

C359 1-137-462-11 MYLAR 0.018uF 5% 100V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C361 1-126-163-11 ELECT 4.7uF 20% 50V C362 1-128-131-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V C363 1-124-242-00 ELECT 33uF 20% 25V C365 1-163-010-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0012uF 10% 50V C366 1-163-011-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015uF 10% 50V

C367 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C368 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C369 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C370 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C374 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C375 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C390 1-137-397-11 MYLAR 0.047uF 5% 100V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C391 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C392 1-163-011-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015uF 10% 50V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C393 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V

(SE810/SX810/X9)

C394 1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V

(SE810/SX810/X9) C395 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C420 1-124-589-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C423 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C424 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

C427 1-124-635-00 ELECT 220uF 20% 6.3V C500 1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF 5% 50V C501 1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF 5% 50V C502 1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF 5% 50V C503 1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF 5% 50V

C510 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C511 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C512 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C513 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470uF 20% 6.3V C514 1-163-239-11 CERAMIC CHIP 33PF 5% 50V

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

C515 1-163-239-11 CERAMIC CHIP 33PF 5% 50V

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) C516 1-163-017-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 5% 50V C570 1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF 5% 50V

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

C571 1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF 5% 50V

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

C572 1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF 5% 50V

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

8-9

MA-400

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

C573 1-163-131-00 CERAMIC CHIP 390PF 5% 50V

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N) C580 1-127-876-21 CERAMIC 0.01uF 10% 50V C611 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 25V C612 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C613 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V

C618 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V C621 1-124-635-00 ELECT 220uF 20% 6.3V

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) C660 1-163-231-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5% 50V C661 1-163-231-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5% 50V C662 1-163-017-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 5% 50V

C663 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C664 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C665 1-163-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 56PF 5% 50V

(SE610: B, K, N/SE710: B, K, N/SE810: B, K, N/

SX710: B, K, N/X9: B, N) C666 1-163-135-00 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C667 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

C874 1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V

(X9: B, D, E, G)

C875 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470uF 20% 6.3V

(X9: B, D, E, G)

C970 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C971 1-124-257-00 ELECT 2.2uF 20% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C972 1-163-017-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 5% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C973 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C974 1-126-160-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C975 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C976 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C977 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C978 1-163-017-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 5% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C668 1-125-972-91 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V C669 1-163-016-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V C670 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V C671 1-163-235-11 CERAMIC CHIP 22PF 5% 50V C672 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

C701 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C702 1-164-161-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 100V C704 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C705 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 50V C708 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V

C709 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C710 1-126-965-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V C711 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C712 1-163-241-11 CERAMIC CHIP 39PF 5% 50V C713 1-163-241-11 CERAMIC CHIP 39PF 5% 50V

C714 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C720 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 50V C730 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C731 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C752 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V

C753 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C754 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470uF 20% 6.3V C755 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C757 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C801 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

C850 1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V C851 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

C852 1-164-161-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 100V

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

C853 1-163-989-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 25V

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

C855 1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

C856 1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) C871 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C872 1-104-664-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V

(X9: B, D, E, G)

C873 1-163-038-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V

(X9: B, D, E, G)

C979 1-163-255-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF 5% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C980 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C981 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C982 1-163-007-11 CERAMIC CHIP 680PF 10% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C983 1-163-009-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C984 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C985 1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C986 1-124-261-00 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C987 1-124-465-00 ELECT 0.47uF 20% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C988 1-163-251-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C991 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C992 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C993 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C994 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C995 1-125-972-91 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

C996 1-163-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.5PF 50V

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

< CONNECTOR >

CN101 1-784-484-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P CN102 1-779-723-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 9P

* CN104 1-766-716-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 3P * CN161 1-506-469-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 4P

CN260 1-784-490-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 11P

* CN262 1-560-894-00 PIN, CONNECTOR 6P

CN350 1-784-486-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 7P CN460 1-784-490-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 11P (SE810/SX810/X9)

8-10

MA-400

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

CN461 1-784-484-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

CN500 1-793-918-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 21P

(LINE-1 (TV)) (SE610: A, G, K, N)

* CN501 1-568-954-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 5P (SE810/SX810/X9)

CN570 1-793-917-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 21P

(LINE-1 (TV), DECODER/LINE-2 IN)

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SX710/SX717)

CN570 1-793-917-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 21P

(LINE-1 (TV), DECODER/LINE-3 IN)

(SE810/SX810/X9) CN600 1-778-674-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 19P CN601 1-793-673-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 7P

< DIODE >

IC351 8-759-499-30 IC BA7755AF-E2 IC420 8-759-643-83 IC uPD16315GB-3BS

IC460 8-759-830-96 IC SFH5110-40

0 IC601 8-759-438-18 IC PQ12RD08

IC850 8-759-484-61 IC SDA5650X-GEG

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

IC970 8-759-438-17 IC LA7337

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

< JACK >

J500 1-784-414-11 JACK, PIN 2P (LINE-2 OUT)

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

J871 1-779-013-11 JACK, MINIATURE (STB CONTROL)

(X9: B, D, E, G)

D100 8-719-048-26 DIODE GL528V1 (T/S LED) D110 8-719-200-82 DIODE MPG06D-6052PKG3 D424 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 D500 8-719-071-50 DIODE BZA408B-115 D501 8-719-071-50 DIODE BZA408B-115

D502 8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 D503 8-719-977-40 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-13B D504 8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 D570 8-719-071-50 DIODE BZA408B-115

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

D571 8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

D572 8-719-977-40 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-13B

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) D573 8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 D590 8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25TD D603 8-719-200-82 DIODE MPG06D-6052PKG3

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) D606 8-719-200-82 DIODE MPG06D-6052PKG3

D607 8-719-200-82 DIODE MPG06D-6052PKG3 D702 8-719-982-26 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-33 D720 8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25TD D721 8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25TD D750 8-719-200-82 DIODE MPG06D-6052PKG3

< JUMPER RESISTOR >

JR001 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR003 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR004 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR006 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR007 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

JR008 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR009 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR010 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR011 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR012 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

JR013 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR014 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR015 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR016 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR017 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

JR018 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR019 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR020 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR021 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR022 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

JR201 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR202 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR203 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR204 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR205 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

D800 8-719-911-19 DIODE 1SS119-25TD

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) D871 8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 (X9) D872 8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 (X9) D873 8-719-070-59 DIODE PDZ6.8B-115 (X9)

< IC >

IC130 8-759-645-07 IC LB1943N IC160 8-759-248-87 IC MM1256XF-BE IC161 8-759-682-41 IC M24C32-WMN6T (A) (X9: B, D, E, G) IC161 8-759-714-06 IC M24C16-WMN6T (A)

(SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/

SX717/SX810/X9N)

IC162 8-759-694-68 IC M37970MGA-051GP (SE610)

IC162 8-759-694-69 IC M37970MGA-050GP

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) IC201 8-759-699-51 IC LA71710M-MPB-E IC301 8-759-638-55 IC TDA9605H/N2, 518

JR206 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR207 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR208 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR209 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR210 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR211 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR212 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR213 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR214 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR215 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR216 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR217 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR219 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR220 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR221 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR222 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR223 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

8-11

The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

MA-400

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

JR224 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR225 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR226 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR227 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR228 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR229 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR230 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR231 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR232 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR233 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR234 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR235 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR236 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR238 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR239 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR240 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR241 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR242 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR243 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR244 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR245 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR246 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR247 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR248 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR249 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR251 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR252 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR253 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR254 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR255 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR256 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR257 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR258 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0

JR259 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR260 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 JR261 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR262 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR263 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

JR264 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR265 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JR266 1-216-296-11 SHORT 0 JS351 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 (SE810/SX810/X9) JS591 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

< COIL >

L140 1-414-936-21 INDUCTOR 22uH L160 1-414-936-21 INDUCTOR 22uH L161 1-414-936-21 INDUCTOR 22uH L201 1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR 10uH L202 1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR 10uH

L203 1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR 10uH L204 1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR 10uH L205 1-414-940-21 INDUCTOR 100uH L251 1-414-479-11 INDUCTOR 47nH L252 1-414-479-11 INDUCTOR 47nH

L253 1-414-479-11 INDUCTOR 47nH (SE810/SX810/X9)

L254 1-414-479-11 INDUCTOR 47nH

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) L255 1-414-479-11 INDUCTOR 47nH L281 1-414-940-21 INDUCTOR 100uH L301 1-414-940-21 INDUCTOR 100uH

L351 1-414-940-21 INDUCTOR 100uH L352 1-414-940-21 INDUCTOR 100uH L353 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 L355 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 L356 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

L357 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 L358 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 L359 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 L360 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 L361 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

L362 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 L390 1-410-687-11 INDUCTOR 1.2mH (SE810/SX810/X9) L460 1-414-938-21 INDUCTOR 47uH L510 1-414-940-21 INDUCTOR 100uH L660 1-414-930-21 INDUCTOR 2.2uH

L661 1-414-936-21 INDUCTOR 22uH

(SE610: B, K, N/SE710: B, K, N/SE810: B, K, N/

SX710: B, K, N/X9: B, N) L662 1-414-936-21 INDUCTOR 22uH L663 1-414-936-21 INDUCTOR 22uH L701 1-414-930-21 INDUCTOR 2.2uH L750 1-414-930-21 INDUCTOR 2.2uH

L751 1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR 10uH L871 1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR 10uH (X9: B, D, E, G) L970 1-414-933-21 INDUCTOR 6.8uH

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

L971 1-414-945-21 INDUCTOR 27uH

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

L972 1-414-938-21 INDUCTOR 47uH

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

L973 1-414-938-21 INDUCTOR 47uH

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

L975 1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR 10uH

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

< FLUORESCENT INDICATOR >

ND420 1-518-741-11 TUBE, FLUORESCENT INDICATOR

< PHOTO INTERRUPTER >

PH100 8-749-015-86 PHOTO INTERRUPTER GP3S120S PH101 8-749-015-86 PHOTO INTERRUPTER GP3S120S

< IC LINK >

0 PS120 1-532-605-00 LINK, IC (0.4A) 0 PS390 1-532-727-11 LINK, IC (0.25A) (SE810/SX810/X9) 0 PS602 1-532-727-11 LINK, IC (0.25A) (SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

< TRANSISTOR >

Q100 8-729-043-84 TRANSISTOR PT380F3 Q101 8-729-043-84 TRANSISTOR PT380F3 Q102 8-729-281-53 TRANSISTOR 2SC1815GR-TPE2

8-12

The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

MA-400

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

Q140 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115

(SE810/SX810/X9)

Q201 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

Q202 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115 Q351 8-729-821-15 TRANSISTOR 2SD1620-TD Q352 8-729-281-53 TRANSISTOR 2SC1815GR-TPE2 Q390 8-729-900-51 TRANSISTOR UN2115-QRS (TX)

(SE810/SX810/X9)

Q391 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115

(SE810/SX810/X9)

Q973 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

Q974 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

Q975 8-729-043-32 TRANSISTOR PDTA114EK-115

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

Q976 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

Q977 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

< RESISTOR >

Q392 8-729-012-31 TRANSISTOR 2SC4040-TL2-Q

(SE810/SX810/X9) Q501 8-729-043-32 TRANSISTOR PDTA114EK-115 Q502 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115 Q510 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115 Q540 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N

/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

Q541 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/SX710/SX717/

SX810/X9: B, D, E, N) Q590 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115 Q591 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115 Q592 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115 Q607 8-729-804-41 TRANSISTOR 2SB1122-ST-TD

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

Q608 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) Q612 8-729-804-41 TRANSISTOR 2SB1122-ST-TD Q613 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115 Q660 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115 Q661 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115

Q720 8-729-119-76 TRANSISTOR 2SA1309A-QRSTA Q721 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115 Q751 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115 Q752 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115 Q800 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

Q801 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

Q802 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

Q803 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

Q804 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR PDTC144EK-115

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

Q850 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

Q871 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115

(X9: B, D, E, G)

Q872 8-729-140-75 TRANSISTOR 2SD999-T1CL

(X9: B, D, E, G)

Q873 8-729-422-33 TRANSISTOR 2PD601AR-115

(X9: B, D, E, G)

Q970 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2PB709AR-115

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

Q972 8-729-043-32 TRANSISTOR PDTA114EK-115

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R100 1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R101 1-249-413-11 CARBON 470 5% 1/4W F R102 1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R103 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R104 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

R105 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R106 1-249-400-11 CARBON 39 5% 1/4W F R107 1-249-400-11 CARBON 39 5% 1/4W F R108 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R114 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R115 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R120 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R121 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R123 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W F R124 1-249-413-11 CARBON 470 5% 1/4W F

R130 1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R132 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R133 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R140 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE810/SX810/X9)

R141 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE810/SX810/X9)

R142 1-216-051-00 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R143 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R145 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R146 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R160 1-216-053-00 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W

(SE610G/SE710: G, I/SE810G/X9G)

R160 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R160 1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

(SE610: K, N/SE710: K, N/SE810: K, N/SX710: K, N/X9N)

R160 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

(SE610: A, E/SE710: D, E/SE810: D, E/

SX710: D, E/SX717/SX810/X9: D, E)

R161 1-216-053-00 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W

(SE610E/SE710: B, G/SX710B)

R161 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

(SE610N/SE710: E, I/SE810B/SX710E/SX717E)

R161 1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

(SE710N/SE810: E, G/SX710N/X9B)

R161 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W

(SE710: D, K/SX710: D, K/SX717D)

R161 1-216-075-00 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W

(SE810: D, N/SX810/X9: G, N)

R161 1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W

(SE810K/X9D)

R161 1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

(SE610K/X9E)

R161 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 (SE610: A, B, G) R162 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W R163 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

8-13

MA-400

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

R164 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R165 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R166 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R167 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R168 1-216-101-00 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R169 1-216-113-00 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R170 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R171 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W R172 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R175 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R176 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R177 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W

R178 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R179 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R180 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R181 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R182 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W

R183 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R184 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R185 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R186 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R189 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W F

R190 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R191 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R193 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W R194 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R195 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

R196 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R200 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B) R201 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R202 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B) R203 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R204 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R205 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R206 1-249-413-11 CARBON 470 5% 1/4W F R207 1-249-413-11 CARBON 470 5% 1/4W F R208 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R209 1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W R210 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W R211 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R212 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W

R216 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R217 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R218 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

R221 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R228 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R231 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R232 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W

(SE810/SX810/X9)

R233 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R239 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R240 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B) R281 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R282 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R283 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W

R284 1-216-045-00 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R289 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R290 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R301 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R302 1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W

R304 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R305 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R306 1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R307 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R308 1-208-820-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.5% 1/10W

R309 1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W R310 1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W R311 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R312 1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R313 1-216-133-00 METAL CHIP 3.3M 5% 1/10W

R315 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R316 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R322 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R323 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

(SE810/SX810/X9)

R324 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

(SE810/SX810/X9)

R325 1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R326 1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R329 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R351 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R352 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

R352 1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

(SE810/SX810/X9) R353 1-217-671-11 METAL CHIP 1 5% 1/10W R354 1-216-031-00 METAL CHIP 180 5% 1/10W R355 1-216-075-00 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R356 1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W

R357 1-216-051-00 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R358 1-216-079-00 METAL CHIP 18K 5% 1/10W R359 1-216-035-00 METAL CHIP 270 5% 1/10W R360 1-216-109-00 METAL CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W R361 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

R362 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R369 1-216-091-00 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W R370 1-216-047-91 RES-CHIP 820 5% 1/10W R390 1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W

(SE810/SX810/X9) R391 1-249-394-11 CARBON 12 5% 1/4W F

(SE810/SX810/X9)

R392 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE810/SX810/X9) R420 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R421 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R422 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R423 1-216-095-00 METAL CHIP 82K 5% 1/10W

8-14

MA-400

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

R572 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R427 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R460 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R461 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R464 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R465 1-216-061-00 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R466 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R467 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R468 1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R470 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R471 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W

R477 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R478 1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W R479 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R500 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R501 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W

R502 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R503 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R509 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R510 1-249-408-11 CARBON 180 5% 1/4W F R511 1-249-407-11 CARBON 150 5% 1/4W F

R573 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W

R574 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R575 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R590 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R591 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R592 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R611 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

R615 1-216-047-91 RES-CHIP 820 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R512 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R514 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R515 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R516 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R517 1-216-022-00 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W

R518 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R541 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

R542 1-249-408-11 CARBON 180 5% 1/4W F

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

R543 1-249-407-11 CARBON 150 5% 1/4W F

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

R545 1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R546 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R547 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

R548 1-216-022-00 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R549 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W

(SE610: B, E/SE710: B, D, E, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N)

R570 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R571 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W

(SE610: B, E/SE710/SE810/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R617 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R618 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R624 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R625 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R626 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W F

R627 1-216-121-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R660 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R661 1-216-121-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R662 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R663 1-216-053-00 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W

R664 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R666 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R667 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R668 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R669 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R670 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R671 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R672 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

(SE610: B, K, N/SE710: B, K, N/SE810: B, K, N/

SX710: B, K, N/X9: B, N) R702 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0 R704 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R705 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R713 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R714 1-216-113-00 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R723 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R724 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R730 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R731 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W

(SE610: A, B, E, K, N/SE710: B, D, E, I, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N) R732 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R733 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W

(SE610: A, B, E, K, N/SE710: B, D, E, I, K, N/

SE810: B, D, E, K, N/

SX710/SX717/SX810/X9: B, D, E, N) R736 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

R754 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

8-15

MA-400

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

R755 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R756 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R757 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R800 1-216-101-00 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R801 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R802 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R803 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R804 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R805 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R806 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R807 1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R813 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R850 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R851 1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R852 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R853 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R856 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R857 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R858 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

R859 1-216-123-11 METAL CHIP 1.2M 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R860 1-216-123-11 METAL CHIP 1.2M 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R861 1-216-117-00 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R862 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9) R871 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

(X9: B, D, E, G)

R872 1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W

(X9: B, D, E, G)

R873 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

(X9: B, D, E, G)

R874 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

(X9: B, D, E, G)

R875 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

(X9: B, D, E, G)

R876 1-216-001-00 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W

(X9: B, D, E, G)

R973 1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R974 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R975 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R976 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R977 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R978 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R979 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R980 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R981 1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R982 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R983 1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R985 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R986 1-216-089-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R988 1-216-077-91 RES-CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R989 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R990 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R993 1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R994 1-208-820-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R995 1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R996 1-208-820-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R997 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R998 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R999 1-216-295-11 SHORT 0

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

< SWITCH >

S100 1-771-155-11 SWITCH, ROTARY (CAM ENCODER) S101 1-571-958-11 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (REC PROOF) S460 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (?/1) S463 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (PROGRAM +) S464 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (AUDIO DUB)

(SE810/SX810/X9)

R968 1-216-101-00 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R969 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R970 1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R971 1-216-085-00 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

R972 1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

S476 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (PROGRAM -) S477 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (AUTO SET UP/RF CHANNEL) S478 1-786-097-21 SWITCH, TACT (SYNCHRO REC)

(SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9)

< TRANSFORMER >

T350 1-431-097-11 TRANSFORMER, BIAS OSCILLATION

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717)

T350 1-435-728-11 TRANSFORMER, BIAS OSCILLATION

(SE810/SX810/X9)

8-16

MA-400 POWER BLOCK

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

T390 1-423-415-11 TRANSFORMER, BIAS OSCILLATION

(SE810/SX810/X9)

< TUNER >

TU702 1-693-436-81 TUNER, IF (BTF-3WC428)

(SE610: E, N/SE710 :E, N, I/SE810: E, N/

SX710: E, N/SX717E/X9E)

TU702 1-693-437-81 TUNER, IF (BTF-3WU604)

(SE610G/SE710G/SE810G/X9G)

TU702 1-693-438-81 TUNER, IF (BTF-3WC446)

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

TU702 1-693-439-81 TUNER, IF (BTF-3WC429)

(SE610: A, K/SE710: D, K/SE810: D, K/

SX710: D, K/SX717D/SX810/X9D)

TU703 1-693-521-11 TUNER, IF (BTF-2WC421)

(SE610: E, N/SE710 :E, N, I/SE810: E, N/

SX710: E, N/SX717E/X9E)

< VIBRATOR >

X160 1-579-463-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (32.768kHz) X161 1-781-717-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (17.734475MHz) X200 1-579-608-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (4.433619MHz)

* 1-468-458-14 POWER BLOCK (SRV938EK)

***********************

(Ref.No. 2,000 Series)

< CAPACITOR >

0 C101 9-885-001-69 METAL 0.1uF 0 C102 9-885-001-69 METAL 0.1uF 0 C103 9-885-001-70 CERAMIC 1000PF 250V 0 C104 9-885-001-70 CERAMIC 1000PF 250V 0 C105 9-885-001-70 CERAMIC 1000PF 250V

C303 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22uF 50V

< CONNECTOR >

0 CN101 1-580-230-11 CONNECTOR

CN201 1-778-675-21 CONNECTOR 19P CN202 1-793-674-21 CONNECTOR 7P

< DIODE >

0 D101 9-880-927-01 DIODE 1N4005 0 D102 9-880-927-01 DIODE 1N4005 0 D103 9-880-927-01 DIODE 1N4005 0 D104 9-880-927-01 DIODE 1N4005

D151 8-719-084-75 DIODE P6KE300 ARL

D152 9-885-001-78 DIODE UF4007 D153 9-885-001-79 DIODE 1SS119 D154 9-885-001-80 DIODE PR1003 D158 9-880-991-01 DIODE MA4270 D203 9-885-001-86 DIODE MTZJ5.1

D204 9-885-001-79 DIODE 1SS119 D205 9-885-001-79 DIODE 1SS119 D251 9-885-001-80 DIODE PR1003 D252 9-885-001-87 DIODE UF3DL D253 9-885-001-88 DIODE SB340L

D254 9-885-001-80 DIODE PR1003 D301 9-885-001-87 DIODE UF3DL D302 9-885-001-89 DIODE D2S4M D303 9-885-001-90 DIODE MTZJ20 D304 9-885-001-89 DIODE D2S4M

D307 9-885-001-89 DIODE D2S4M

< FUSE >

0 C108 1-113-937-91 CERAMIC 2200PF 250V 0 C109 1-113-937-91 CERAMIC 2200PF 250V 0 C151 9-885-001-81 ELECT 47uF 400V

C153 1-163-015-91 CERAMIC CHIP 3300PF C155 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22uF 50V

C156 1-126-960-91 ELECT 1uF 50V C157 1-163-009-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1000PF C158 1-163-273-91 CERAMIC CHIP 820PF C159 1-163-251-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF C160 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 10000PF

C161 1-163-009-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1000PF C201 9-885-001-91 ELECT 220uF 25V C202 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470uF 10V C203 1-126-934-91 ELECT 220uF 16V C206 1-126-947-91 ELECT 47uF 35V

C207 1-126-964-91 ELECT 10uF 50V C208 1-126-925-91 ELECT 470uF 10V C209 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V C212 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC 0.01uF 50V C213 1-126-956-91 ELECT 0.1uF 50V

C251 1-126-967-91 ELECT 47uF 50V C252 1-111-065-11 ELECT 680uF 25V C253 1-111-016-91 ELECT 1200uF 10V C254 9-885-001-92 ELECT 470uF 25V C261 1-164-489-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 16V

C301 1-111-118-91 ELECT 220uF 50V

0 F101 9-885-001-72 FUSE (T2AL/250V)

< IC >

0 IC151 9-885-001-74 IC TDA16846

IC251 9-885-001-82 IC AN1431T

< LINE FILTER/COIL >

0 L101 9-885-001-67 LINE FILTER 10uH 0 L102 9-885-001-68 LINE FILTER 33mH 0 L103 9-885-001-68 LINE FILTER 33mH

L201 9-885-001-93 CHOKE COIL 10uH L202 9-885-001-93 CHOKE COIL 10uH

L205 9-885-001-94 CHOKE COIL 1uH

< PHOTO COUPLER >

0 PC151 9-885-001-75 COUPLER, PHOTO ON3171

< IC LINK >

0 PS201 1-533-592-21 LINK, IC (1.6A) 0 PS202 1-533-593-21 LINK, IC (2A) 0 PS251 1-533-589-21 LINK, IC (750mA)

< TRANSISTOR >

0 Q151 9-885-001-73 TRANSISTOR 2SK3047 0 Q201 8-729-141-01 TRANSISTOR 2SB733

The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci-

8-17

fied.

POWER BLOCK

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

Q203 8-729-030-98 TRANSISTOR 2PD601A Q204 8-729-139-97 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785 Q205 8-729-018-99 TRANSISTOR 2SD2394

R314 1-215-892-81 METAL 1K 2W R315 1-215-892-81 METAL 1K 2W R316 1-247-879-91 CARBON 100K 1/4W

Q206 8-729-139-97 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785 Q207 9-885-001-83 TRANSISTOR 2SD1862 Q210 8-729-043-32 TRANSISTOR DTA114EKA Q211 8-729-043-29 TRANSISTOR DTC114EKA Q301 8-729-018-99 TRANSISTOR 2SD2394

Q302 9-885-001-84 TRANSISTOR DTC143EKA Q303 8-729-018-99 TRANSISTOR 2SD2394 Q304 8-729-139-97 TRANSISTOR 2SC2785 Q305 8-729-141-01 TRANSISTOR 2SB733 Q306 9-885-001-84 TRANSISTOR DTC143EKA

Q307 9-885-001-85 TRANSISTOR 2SA1015

< RESISTOR >

R101 9-885-001-71 CARBON 1M 1/2W R151 1-247-903-91 CARBON 1M 1/4W R152 1-247-903-91 CARBON 1M 1/4W R155 1-216-073-21 RES, CHIP 10K 1/10W R156 1-259-880-91 CARBON 2.2M 1/4W

R157 1-259-880-91 CARBON 2.2M 1/4W R158 1-247-805-91 CARBON 82 1/4W R159 1-249-397-11 CARBON 22 1/4WF R160 1-247-795-91 CARBON 33 1/4W R161 1-216-085-21 RES, CHIP 33K 1/10W

R162 1-216-085-21 RES, CHIP 33K 1/10W R163 1-216-063-21 RES, CHIP 3.9K 1/10W R164 1-247-861-91 CARBON 18K 1/4W R201 1-216-049-21 RES, CHIP 1K 1/10W R203 1-216-452-21 METAL 180 2W

< TRANSFORMER >

0 T151 9-885-001-76 TRANSFORMER, POWER

< VARIABLE RESISTOR >

VR251 1-241-629-11 VARIABLE RESISTOR 5K

< VARISTOR >

0 Z101 9-880-928-01 VARISTOR ERZV10D751

MISCELLANEOUS

**************

4 1-757-593-11 CABLE, FLAT (FDS-10)

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717) 4 1-757-594-11 CABLE, FLAT (FDS-9) (SE810/SX810/X9) 5 1-762-844-31 SWITCH, ROTARY (SE810/SX810/X9) 53 1-757-537-11 CABLE, FLAT (FAC-9) 54 1-792-022-11 CABLE, FLAT (FFM-001)

0 55 1-782-012-11 CORD, POWER

704 1-500-471-11 HEAD, FE 721 A-6775-791-A ACE BLOCK ASSY (ALPS) (EURO 3) 770 1-772-364-11 DRUM ASSY, DZH-0B5A-R (EXCEPT SE610B/

SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

770 1-772-365-11 DRUM ASSY, DZH-0B6A-R

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B/X9B)

M902 1-698-971-11 MOTOR, DC (CAPSTAN) M903 X-3947-577-1 MOTOR ASSY, CAM

R206 1-216-053-21 RES, CHIP 1.5K 1/10W R207 1-247-615-91 CARBON 220 1/4W R208 1-247-615-91 CARBON 220 1/4W R209 1-247-615-91 CARBON 220 1/4W R210 1-216-049-21 RES, CHIP 1K 1/10W

R213 1-216-089-21 RES, CHIP 47K 1/10W R216 1-216-065-21 RES, CHIP 4.7K 1/10W R217 1-215-857-81 METAL 10 1W R218 1-215-908-81 METAL 33 3W R219 1-247-847-91 CARBON 4.7K 1/4W

R220 1-216-065-21 RES, CHIP 4.7K 1/10W R222 1-247-615-91 CARBON 220 1/4W R251 1-249-402-11 CARBON 56 1/4W F R261 1-216-049-21 RES, CHIP 1K 1/10W R263 1-216-079-21 RES, CHIP 18K 1/10W

R264 1-216-077-21 RES, CHIP 15K 1/10W R265 1-216-073-21 RES, CHIP 10K 1/10W R266 1-216-061-21 RES, CHIP 3.3K 1/10W R301 1-216-073-21 RES, CHIP 10K 1/10W R302 1-215-869-81 METAL 1K 1W

R306 1-216-073-21 RES, CHIP 10K 1/10W R307 1-215-869-81 METAL 1K 1W R308 1-216-049-21 RES, CHIP 1K 1/10W R311 1-247-885-91 CARBON 10K 1/4W R312 1-215-880-81 METAL 10 2W

R313 1-215-880-81 METAL 10 2W

**************

HARDWARE LIST

**************

#1 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 #3 7-685-646-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X8 TYPE2 #4 7-682-147-01 SCREW +P 3X6 #5 7-685-133-19 SCREW (DIA. 2.6) (IT3B)

ACCESSORIES & PACKING MATERIALS

********************************

1-418-010-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259)

1-418-010-31 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259B)

1-418-780-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288)

1-418-780-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288A)

1-418-782-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259K)

1-418-782-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259L)

1-476-070-11 CONTROLLER, STB/SAT (RMT-CM103)

1-476-070-21 CONTROLLER, STB/SAT (RMT-CM103) (X9G)

The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci-

8-18

fied.

(SX717/SX810)

(X9N)

(SX710: D, E, K, N)

(SX710B)

(SE810: D, E, G, K, N)

(SE810B)

(X9: B, D, E)

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark

1-476-369-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259R)

(X9: D, E, G)

1-476-370-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V259S)

(X9B)

1-476-406-11 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288B)

(SE610: A, E, G, K, N/SE710: D, E, G, I, K, N)

1-476-406-21 COMMANDER, STANDARD (RMT-V288C)

(SE610B/SE710B)

0 1-770-019-11 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION PLUG 3P

(SE610G/SE710: G, I/SE810G/X9G) 1-790-419-11 CORD, CONNECTION (PAL) 3-065-674-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)

(SE610E/SE710: D, E/SE810: D, E/SX710: D, E/

SX810)

3-067-103-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (X9B) 3-067-104-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (X9G) 3-067-105-11 INSTRUCTION (QUICK START GUIDE) (X9G)

3-068-372-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (X9N) 3-068-372-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (CZECH) (X9N) 3-068-372-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (POLISH) (X9N) 3-068-372-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (HUNGALIAN) (X9N) 3-068-372-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIAN) (X9N)

3-709-430-01 COVER, REMOTE CONTROL

(for RMT-V259/V288/V288A/V288B/V288C)

(SE610/SE710/SX710/SX717/SX810)

3-709-430-11 COVER, REMOTE CONTROL

(for RMT-V259K/V259L) (SE810)

3-065-674-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH)

3-065-674-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN)

3-065-674-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN)

3-065-674-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH)

3-065-674-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE)

3-065-674-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GREEK)

3-065-675-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEEDISH)

3-065-675-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH)

3-065-675-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH)

3-065-676-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)

3-065-677-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)

3-065-678-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)

3-065-678-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (CZECH)

3-065-678-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (POLISH)

3-065-678-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (HUNGALIAN)

(SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/SX710E/SX717E)

(SE610: A, E/SE710: D, E/SE810: D, E/

SX710: D, E/SX717D/SX810)

(SE610A/SE710D/SE810D/SX710D/SX810)

(SE610: A, E/SE710: D, E/SE810: D, E/

SX710: D, E/SX810)

(SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/SX710E)

(SE610A/SE710D/SE810D)

(SE610E/SE710E/SE810E/SX710E/SX717E)

(SE610B/SE710B/SE810B/SX710B)

(SE610G/SE710: G, I/SE810G)

(SE610: K, N/SE710: K, N/SE810: K, N/

SX710: K, N)

(SE610K/SE710K/SE810K/SX710K)

(SE610N/SE710N/SE810N/SX710N)

3-065-678-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIAN)

(SE610K/SE810K)

3-065-680-11 INSTRUCTION (QUICK START GUIDE)

(SE610G/SE710G/SE810G) 3-067-100-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (X9: D, E) 3-067-100-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (X9E) 3-067-100-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN) (X9: D, E)

3-067-100-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN) (X9D) 3-067-100-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH) (X9: D, E) 3-067-100-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE)

(X9E) 3-067-100-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GREEK) (X9D) 3-067-101-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH) (X9E)

3-067-101-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH) (X9E) 3-067-101-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH) (X9E)

8-19 E

8-19

The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

SLV-SE610/SE710/SE810/SX710/SX717/SX810/X9

Sony Corporation

Home Video Division Company9-921-794-11

– 120 –

2001C0500-1

Published by Quality Assurance Dept.

SONY KP48S65R, 32HS510, 34DRC510, 34HS510, 36HS510 Service Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SERVICE NOTE

GENERAL

DISASSEMBLY

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

INTERFACE, IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

ERROR CODES

ADJUSTMENTS

REPAIR PARTS LIST

8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS

MA-400